US20170102613A1 - Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device - Google Patents

Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20170102613A1
US20170102613A1 US15/388,540 US201615388540A US2017102613A1 US 20170102613 A1 US20170102613 A1 US 20170102613A1 US 201615388540 A US201615388540 A US 201615388540A US 2017102613 A1 US2017102613 A1 US 2017102613A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
group
carbon number
resin
formula
independently
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US15/388,540
Inventor
Satoshi Shibui
Tatsuya Hirata
Takahiro Sasaki
Taisuke Yamada
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Asahi Kasei Corp
Original Assignee
Asahi Kasei E Materials Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Asahi Kasei E Materials Corp filed Critical Asahi Kasei E Materials Corp
Priority to US15/388,540 priority Critical patent/US20170102613A1/en
Publication of US20170102613A1 publication Critical patent/US20170102613A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/022—Quinonediazides
    • G03F7/023—Macromolecular quinonediazides; Macromolecular additives, e.g. binders
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G16/00—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with monomers not provided for in the groups C08G4/00 - C08G14/00
    • C08G16/02—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with monomers not provided for in the groups C08G4/00 - C08G14/00 of aldehydes
    • C08G16/0212—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with monomers not provided for in the groups C08G4/00 - C08G14/00 of aldehydes with acyclic or carbocyclic organic compounds
    • C08G16/0218—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with monomers not provided for in the groups C08G4/00 - C08G14/00 of aldehydes with acyclic or carbocyclic organic compounds containing atoms other than carbon and hydrogen
    • C08G16/0225—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with monomers not provided for in the groups C08G4/00 - C08G14/00 of aldehydes with acyclic or carbocyclic organic compounds containing atoms other than carbon and hydrogen containing oxygen
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G61/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/12—Macromolecular compounds containing atoms other than carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G61/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/12—Macromolecular compounds containing atoms other than carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/127—Macromolecular compounds containing atoms other than carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule derived from carbon dioxide, carbonyl halide, carboxylic acids or their derivatives
    • C08G61/128—
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G8/00—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only
    • C08G8/04—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes
    • C08G8/08—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes of formaldehyde, e.g. of formaldehyde formed in situ
    • C08G8/20—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes of formaldehyde, e.g. of formaldehyde formed in situ with polyhydric phenols
    • C08G8/22—Resorcinol
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L61/00—Compositions of condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L61/04—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only
    • C08L61/06—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes with phenols
    • C08L61/12—Condensation polymers of aldehydes or ketones with phenols only of aldehydes with phenols with polyhydric phenols
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L65/00—Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/0045—Photosensitive materials with organic non-macromolecular light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. dissolution inhibitors
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/022—Quinonediazides
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/022—Quinonediazides
    • G03F7/0226—Quinonediazides characterised by the non-macromolecular additives
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/022—Quinonediazides
    • G03F7/023—Macromolecular quinonediazides; Macromolecular additives, e.g. binders
    • G03F7/0233—Macromolecular quinonediazides; Macromolecular additives, e.g. binders characterised by the polymeric binders or the macromolecular additives other than the macromolecular quinonediazides
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/022—Quinonediazides
    • G03F7/023—Macromolecular quinonediazides; Macromolecular additives, e.g. binders
    • G03F7/0233—Macromolecular quinonediazides; Macromolecular additives, e.g. binders characterised by the polymeric binders or the macromolecular additives other than the macromolecular quinonediazides
    • G03F7/0236—Condensation products of carbonyl compounds and phenolic compounds, e.g. novolak resins
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • G03F7/0382—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified negative photoresist composition
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • G03F7/0384—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable with ethylenic or acetylenic bands in the main chain of the photopolymer
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • G03F7/0392—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/16—Coating processes; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/162—Coating on a rotating support, e.g. using a whirler or a spinner
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20—Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/2002—Exposure; Apparatus therefor with visible light or UV light, through an original having an opaque pattern on a transparent support, e.g. film printing, projection printing; by reflection of visible or UV light from an original such as a printed image
    • G03F7/2004—Exposure; Apparatus therefor with visible light or UV light, through an original having an opaque pattern on a transparent support, e.g. film printing, projection printing; by reflection of visible or UV light from an original such as a printed image characterised by the use of a particular light source, e.g. fluorescent lamps or deep UV light
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30—Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30—Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • G03F7/32—Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers
    • G03F7/322—Aqueous alkaline compositions
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/40—Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
    • H01L21/50—Assembly of semiconductor devices using processes or apparatus not provided for in a single one of the subgroups H01L21/06 - H01L21/326, e.g. sealing of a cap to a base of a container
    • H01L21/56—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulation layers, coatings
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/28—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
    • H01L23/29—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the material, e.g. carbon
    • H01L23/293—Organic, e.g. plastic
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/30—Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/34—Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating partially-aromatic structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/342—Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating partially-aromatic structural elements in the main chain containing only carbon atoms
    • C08G2261/3424—Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating partially-aromatic structural elements in the main chain containing only carbon atoms non-conjugated, e.g. paracyclophanes or xylenes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/70—Post-treatment
    • C08G2261/76—Post-treatment crosslinking
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G61/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/02—Macromolecular compounds containing only carbon atoms in the main chain of the macromolecule, e.g. polyxylylenes
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10S—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S430/00—Radiation imagery chemistry: process, composition, or product thereof
    • Y10S430/1053—Imaging affecting physical property or radiation sensitive material, or producing nonplanar or printing surface - process, composition, or product: radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making binder containing
    • Y10S430/1055—Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition for use in the relief pattern formation, for example, of an insulating material in an electronic component and of a passivation film, a buffer coat film, an interlayer insulating film, etc., in a semiconductor device, a method for producing a cured relief pattern by using the composition, a semiconductor device, and a display device.
  • a polyimide resin or benzoxazole resin excellent in all of heat resistance, electric properties, mechanical properties, etc. is widely used for the surface protective film and interlayer insulating film employed in a semiconductor device.
  • These resins exhibit low solubility in various solvents and therefore, are generally used as a composition after the resin in the form of a precursor prepared by ring-opening the cyclic structure is dissolved in a solvent. Accordingly, a step of ring-closing the precursor is required when using the resin. This ring-closing step is usually carried out by heat curing under heating at 300° C. or more.
  • Patent Document 1 has proposed a photosensitive resin composition excellent in the photosensitive performance, containing, as the base resin, a phenolic hydroxyl group-containing alkali-soluble resin that is widely used as the base resin in the resist field, and furthermore, containing a quinone diazide compound and a curing agent, and it is disclosed that this photosensitive resin composition is heat-cured by heating at a temperature of 100 to 250° C. for 30 minutes to 10 hours.
  • Patent Document 2 also proposes a photosensitive resin composition containing a novolak resin that uses a phenol compound having a benzene nucleus containing two or more hydroxyl groups and has a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 to 20,000, and a photosensitizing agent.
  • Patent Document 3 has proposed a reactive resin composition using a resin having, in the skeleton, a condensation product of a biphenyl compound with phenols, and using a photopolymerization initiator and/or a photoacid generator, which is a material excellent in electrical properties and usable for forming a liquid crystal alignment-controlling bump and/or a spacer or forming a liquid crystal alignment-controlling bump and a spacer at the same time, and it is disclosed that this reactive resin composition is heat-cured by heating at a temperature of 150 to 400° C. for 10 to 120 minutes.
  • Patent Document 1 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication (Kokai) No. 2003-215789
  • Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent No. 3,839,840
  • Patent Document 3 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication (Kokai) No. 2008-292677
  • Patent Document 1 In the case of applying a resin as a surface protective film or an interlayer insulating film to a semiconductor device, elongation is an important film property.
  • the film obtained by curing the composition described in Patent Document 1 has a problem of low elongation.
  • Patent Document 2 is also silent on relief pattern formation with a film having a thickness necessary for a semiconductor protective film.
  • the photosensitive resin composition described in Patent Document 2 has a problem that the elongation of cured film is low, the residual film ratio during heat curing is low and the cured pattern profile is bad.
  • Patent Document 1 the film obtained by curing the composition of Patent Document 3 has been found to have a problem of low elongation.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive resin composition having sufficient alkali solubility, being curable at a temperature of 300° C. or less, ensuring excellent elongation of the cured film, enabling pattern formation with a thick film (about 10 ⁇ m), allowing a high residual film ratio during curing, and giving a good cured relief pattern profile, a cured relief pattern forming method of forming a pattern by using the photosensitive resin, and a semiconductor device and a display device each having the cured relief pattern.
  • the present inventors have found that the above-described object can be solved by using a photosensitive resin composition comprising a copolymer having specific two kinds of repeating unit structures, or a resin mixture of resins consisting of these specific repeating unit structures; and a photoacid generator, and has accomplished the present invention, i.e., the present invention is as follows.
  • a photosensitive resin composition comprising (A-1) a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (1) and (B) a photoacid generator:
  • each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group; each m 1 is independently an integer of 1 to 3, each m 2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2, and 2 ⁇ (m 1 +m 2 ) ⁇ 4; each of m 3 and m 4 is independently an integer of 0 to 4; each of n 1 and n 2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500, and n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) is from 0.05 to 0.95 when m 1 is 2 or 3, and is from 0.35 to 0.95 when m 1 is 1; each R
  • the polymer structure may be a random structure or a block structure ⁇ ;
  • each of R 8 and R 9 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11, or a group containing a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phenolic hydroxyl group);
  • each of R 11 to R 14 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom;
  • m 5 is an integer of 1 to 4; when m 5 is 1, R 10 is a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or a sulfonic acid group, and when m 5 is an integer of 2 to 4, at least one R 10 is a hydroxyl group and the remaining R 10 are a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a monovalent organic group, a carboxyl group or a sulfonic acid group; and all R 10 may be the same or different ⁇ ;
  • R 15 is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, —NH 2 , and groups represented by —NH—R 19 , —N(R 19 ) 2 and —O—R 19 (wherein R 19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18) ⁇ ;
  • each of R 16 and R 17 ′ is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, and R 16 and R 17 ′ may form a ring ⁇ .
  • a photosensitive resin composition comprising:
  • (A-2) a resin mixture including a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (7) and a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (8), and
  • the weight ratio of the resin containing a structure represented by formula (7): the resin containing a structure represented by formula (8) is from 5:95 to 95:5:
  • each of R 8 and R 9 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11, or a group containing a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phenolic hydroxyl group);
  • each of R 11 to R 14 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom;
  • m 5 is an integer of 1 to 4; when m 5 is 1, R 10 is a hydroxyl group; when n 5 is an integer of 2 to 4, at least one R 10 is a hydroxyl group and the remaining R 10 are a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group; and all of R 10 may be the same or different ⁇ ;
  • R 15 is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, —NH 2 , and groups represented by —NH—R 19 , —N(R 19 ) 2 and —O—R 19 (wherein R 19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18) ⁇ ;
  • each of R 16 and R 17 ′ is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, and R 16 and R 17 ′ may form a ring ⁇ .
  • each m 2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2, provided that the plurality of m 2 are not 0 at the same time; each R 1 is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a nitro group, a cyano group, and a group represented by formula (5) or (6); when m 2 is 2, the plurality of R 1 may be the same as or different from each other; and R 2 to R 7 , X, Y, W, m 3 , m 4 , n 1 and n 2 are as defined in formulae (7) and (8) above ⁇ .
  • Y in formula (1) is a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (11) or (12):
  • R 8 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11
  • R 17 is a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, m 6 is an integer of 0 to 3, and when m 6 is 2 or 3, the plurality of R 17 may be the same or different).
  • Y in formula (8) is a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (11) or (12):
  • R 8 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11);
  • R 17 is a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, m 6 is an integer of 0 to 3, and when m 6 is 2 or 3, the plurality of R 17 may be the same or different).
  • R 1 in formula (1) is at least one member selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, and a group represented by formula (5)
  • W in formula (1) is a single bond
  • R 15 in formula (5) is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, —NH 2 , and groups represented by —NH—R 19 , —N(R 19 ) 2 and —O—R 19 (wherein R 19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18).
  • R 1 in formulae (7) and (8) is at least one member selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, and a group represented by formula (5)
  • W in formula (7) is a single bond
  • R 15 in formula (5) is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, —NH 2 , and groups represented by —NH—R 19 , —N(R 19 ) 2 and —O—R 19 (wherein R 19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18).
  • resin (A-1) is a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (13):
  • each m 2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2; each of m 3 and m 4 is independently an integer of 0 to 4; each of n 1 and n 2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500, and n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) is from 0.35 to 0.8; each R 1 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group; when m 2 is 2, the plurality of R 1 may be the same as or different from each other; each of R 2 to R 5 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom; each of R 6 and R 7 is independently a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group; when m 3 is 2 to 4, the plurality
  • the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [3], [4], [8] and [11], wherein the resin mixture (A-2) is a resin mixture including a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (15) and a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (8a) and the weight ratio of the resin containing a structure represented by formula (15): the resin containing a structure represented by formula (8a) is from 35:65 to 80:20:
  • m 1 is from 1 to 3; each m 2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2; each of m 3 and m 4 is independently an integer of 0 to 4; each of n 1 and n 2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500; each R 1 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group; when m 2 is 2, the plurality of R 1 may be the same as or different from each other; each R 2 to R 5 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom; each of R 6 and R 7 is independently a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group; when m 3 is from 2 to 4, the plurality of R 6 may be the same as or
  • each of R 1 and R 17 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group;
  • m 1 is an integer of 2 or 3
  • each of m 2 and m 6 is independently an integer of 0 to 2, and 2 ⁇ m 1 +m 2 ⁇ 4;
  • each of n 1 and n 2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500 and satisfies 0.05 ⁇ n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) ⁇ 1; when m 2 is 2, the plurality of R 1 may be the same or different; and the polymer structure may be a random structure or a block structure ⁇ .
  • each R 1 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group; m 1 is an integer of 2 or 3, m 2 is an integer of 0 to 2, each of n 1 and n 2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500, and these members satisfy 2 ⁇ m 1 +m 2 ⁇ 4 and 0.35 ⁇ n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) ⁇ 0.95; when m 2 is 2, the plurality of R 1 may be the same or different; and the polymer structure may be a random structure or a block structure ⁇ .
  • a photosensitive resin composition comprising the phenolic resin according to [14] or [15] and (B) a photoacid generator.
  • photoacid generator (B) is a compound having a naphthoquinonediazide structure.
  • a photosensitive resin composition comprising (A-1) a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (19) and (B) a photoacid generator:
  • each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group; each m 1 is independently an integer of 1 to 3, each m 2 is independently an integer of 1 to 2, and 2 ⁇ (m 1 +m 2 ) ⁇ 4; each of n 1 and n 2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500, and n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) is from 0.05 to 1; each R 1 is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a nitro group, a cyano group, and a group represented by following formula (5) or (6); when
  • R 15 is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, —NH 2 , and groups represented by —NH—R 19 , —N(R 19 ) 2 and —O—R 19 (wherein R 19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicylcic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18) ⁇ ;
  • each of R 16 and R 17 ′ is independently a monovalent group selected from a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, and R 16 and R 17 ′ may form a ring ⁇ ;
  • the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [13] and [16] to [18], further comprising (C) a crosslinking agent.
  • the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [13] and [16] to [19], further comprising (D) a thermal acid generator.
  • a method for producing a cured relief pattern comprising the following steps:
  • a semiconductor device comprising a semiconductor element and a cured film provided on the top of the semiconductor element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern according to [22].
  • a display device comprising a display element and a cured film provided on the top of the display element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern according to [22].
  • An alkali-soluble resin composition comprising an alkali-soluble resin and a solvent, wherein a cured film obtained by coating the alkali-soluble resin composition and curing the coated resin composition at 200° C. satisfies all of following a) to c):
  • the stress at a film thickness of 7 ⁇ m is from 5 to 18 MPa
  • the maximum value of tensile elongation of the film having a film thickness of 10 ⁇ m is from 20 to 100%
  • the glass transition temperature at a film thickness of 10 ⁇ m is from 180 to 300° C.
  • a photosensitive resin composition having sufficient alkali solubility, being curable at a temperature of 300° C. or less, ensuring excellent elongation of the cured film, enabling pattern formation with a thick film (about 10 ⁇ m), allowing a high residual film ratio during curing, and giving a good cured relief pattern profile, and a semiconductor device and a display device each having a cured relief pattern produced using the photosensitive resin composition, can be provided.
  • FIG. 1 A 1 H NMR spectrum of Resin P1-1 described in Examples.
  • FIG. 2 A 1 H NMR spectrum of Resin P1-2 described in Examples.
  • FIG. 3 A 1 H NMR spectrum of Resin P2-1 described in Examples.
  • FIG. 4 A 1 H NMR spectrum of Resin P2-2 described in Examples.
  • FIG. 5 A 1 H NMR spectrum of Resin P2-3 described in Examples.
  • FIG. 6 A 1 H NMR spectrum of Resin P2-4 described in Examples.
  • FIG. 7 A 1 H NMR spectrum of Resin P2-6 described in Examples.
  • FIG. 8 A 1 H NMR spectrum of Resin P2-7 described in Examples.
  • FIG. 9 A 1 H NMR spectrum of Resin P4-3 described in Examples.
  • the photosensitive resin composition comprises (A-1) a resin or (A-2) a resin mixture, (B) a photoacid generator, (C) a crosslinking agent as desired, (D) a thermal acid generator as desired, and other components as desired.
  • Respective components constituting the photosensitive resin composition are described in detail below. Incidentally, throughout the description of the present invention, as to the structure indicated by the same symbol in the formula, when a plurality of the structures are present in a molecule, they may be the same or different.
  • resin (A-1) is a resin having a structure represented by following formula (1):
  • each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group; each m 1 is independently an integer of 1 to 3, each m 2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2, and 2 ⁇ (m 1 +m 2 ) ⁇ 4; each of m 3 and m 4 is independently an integer of 0 to 4; each of n 1 and n 2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500, and n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) is from 0.05 to 0.95 when m 1 is 2 or 3, and is from 0.35 to 0.95 when m 1 is 1; each R
  • the polymer structure may be a random structure or a block structure ⁇ ;
  • each of R 8 and R 9 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11, or a group containing a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phenolic hydroxyl group);
  • each of R 11 to R 14 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom;
  • m 5 is an integer of 1 to 4; when m 5 is 1, R 12 is a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or a sulfonic acid group, and when n 5 is an integer of 2 to 4, at least one R 12 is a hydroxyl group and the remaining R 12 are a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a monovalent organic group, a carboxyl group or a sulfonic acid group; and all R 10 may be the same or different);
  • R 15 is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, —NH 2 , and groups represented by —NH—R 19 , —N(R 19 ) 2 and —O—R 19 (wherein R 19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18));
  • each of R 16 and R 17 ′ is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, and R 16 and R 17 ′ may form a ring ⁇ .
  • each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group.
  • X is preferably a hydrogen atom, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, or a tetrahydrofuranyl group, and in view of heat resistance, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • each m 1 is independently an integer of 1 to 3. In view of alkali solubility and the profile of cured relief pattern, m 1 is preferably 2 or 3, and in view of lithography, m 1 is more preferably 2. In order to facilitate interaction of phenolic resin (A-1) with photoacid generator (B), when m 1 is 2, the bonding-position relationship between hydroxyl groups in formula (1) is preferably the meta-position.
  • R 1 is not limited as long as each R 1 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group, a nitro group, a cyano group, a group represented by following formula (5), and/or a group represented by following formula (6).
  • R 1 is a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group, in view of heat resistance, R 1 is preferably a hydrocarbon group or alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 5, more preferably a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 3.
  • R 1 is an electron-withdrawing group, such as nitro group, cyano group, a group represented by formula (5), and a group represented by formula (6)
  • the acidity of the phenolic hydroxyl group rises, and the photosensitive resin composition formed gives a coating film excellent in alkali solubility.
  • the electron-withdrawing group indicates an atomic group of which power to attract an electron from a target by a resonance effect or an inductive effect is higher than that of a hydrogen atom.
  • the phenolic resin is increased in the molecular weight, alkali solubility necessary for development is maintained, and increasing the molecular weight is advantageous in terms of increasing the elongation of a cured film.
  • a cured relief pattern profile is improved.
  • R 1 is a group having polarity and exhibits a strong interaction with the phenolic hydroxyl group in the resin.
  • the softening point of the resin rises due to the interaction, so that when the relief pattern after development is heated to form a cured relief pattern, the pattern profile can be kept in a good state without losing the shape of relief pattern.
  • the plurality of R 1 may be the same as or different from each other.
  • m 1 is 1, m 2 is preferably from 1 to 2, and R 1 is preferably an electron-withdrawing group.
  • R 1 is more preferably a monovalent group represented by following formula (5):
  • R 15 is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, —NH 2 , and groups represented by —NH—R 19 , —N(R 19 ) 2 and —O—R 19 (wherein R 19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18) ⁇ .
  • R 15 is more preferably a group represented by —O—R 19 .
  • R 2 to R 5 are not limited as long as each is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • each of R 2 to R 5 is independently, preferably a hydrogen atom or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 3, and in view of heat resistance, it is more preferred that all of R 2 to R 5 are a hydrogen atom.
  • each of R 6 and R 7 is independently a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group. Among others, in view of heat resistance, each of R 6 and R 7 is preferably a hydroxyl group or an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 3.
  • each of m 3 and m 4 is independently an integer of 0 to 4. In view of heat resistance, it is preferable that m 3 and m 4 are 0.
  • W is a divalent group selected from the group consisting of a single bond, a chain aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a chain aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom, an alkylene oxide group having from 1 to 20 repeating units, and groups represented by following formula (2):
  • W is preferably a single bond or a divalent group represented by formula (2), more preferably a single bond.
  • Y is not limited as long as it is a structure represented by formula (3) or (4).
  • R 8 and R 9 are not limited as long as they are a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11, and in view of heat resistance of the cured film, they are preferably a group selected from a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 3, a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11 and containing a polymerizable group, such as double bond, and a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11 and containing a polar group, such as hydroxyl group or carboxyl group.
  • R 8 and R 9 are more preferably a group selected from a hydrogen atom and a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 3.
  • each of R 11 to R 14 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • R 11 to R 14 are preferably a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 3, or a hydrogen atom, and in view of sensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition formed, they are more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • m 5 is an integer of 1 to 4, and when m 5 is 1, R 12 is not limited as long as it is a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or a sulfonic acid group.
  • R 12 is a hydroxyl group and the remaining R 12 are a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a monovalent organic group, a carboxyl group or a sulfonic acid group. All of R 10 may be the same or different.
  • the divalent organic group represented by formula (4) preferably has a structure represented by following formula (20), and in view of sensitivity, and more preferably has a structure represented by following formula (12):
  • R 17 is a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10; m 6 is an integer of 0 to 3, and when m 6 is 2 or 3, the plurality of R 17 may be the same or different; and m 7 is an integer of 1 to 3; provided that m 6 and m 7 satisfy 1 ⁇ (m 6 +m 7 ) ⁇ 4).
  • n 1 and n 2 in formula (1) indicates the total number of repeating units in the polymer main chain and is an integer of 1 to 500.
  • n 1 and n 2 are preferably 1 or more, and in view of solubility in an aqueous alkali solution, are preferably 500 or less.
  • the lower limit of n 1 and n 2 is preferably 2, more preferably 3, and the upper limit of n 1 and n 2 is preferably 450, more preferably 400, still more preferably 350.
  • a photosensitive resin composition having more preferable film properties and more improved alkali solubility can be prepared.
  • the film properties after curing are better and the heat resistance is more excellent, whereas as the value of n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) is smaller, the alkali solubility is more improved and the pattern profile after curing is more excellent.
  • these results are presumed to occur because as the value of n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) in formula (1) is larger, the average distance between crosslinking points of the phenolic resin as a heat-curable resin is longer.
  • the amount of a low molecular weight component having a novolak structure probably greatly contributing to weight loss during heat curing is reduced, and the residual film ratio during heat curing is increased.
  • n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) is from 0.35 to 0.9.
  • n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) is preferably from 0.4 to 0.8.
  • m 1 in view of pattern profile and alkali solubility, it is preferable that m 2 is 1 or 2 and R 1 is an electron-withdrawing group.
  • the structure of resin (A-1) may be a block structure or a random structure, and is preferably a block structure in light of adhesiveness to a substrate.
  • the structure of resin (A-1) is preferably a structure represented by following formula (13):
  • resin mixture (A-2) is a resin mixture including a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (7) and a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (8):
  • each of R 8 and R 9 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11, or a group containing a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phenolic hydroxyl group);
  • each of R 11 to R 14 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom;
  • m 5 is an integer of 1 to 4; when m 5 is 1, R 10 is a hydroxyl group; when n 5 is an integer of 2 to 4, at least one R 10 is a hydroxyl group and the remaining R 10 are a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group; and all R 10 may be the same or different ⁇ ;
  • R 15 is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, —NH 2 , and groups represented by —NH—R 19 , —N(R 19 ) 2 and —O—R 19 (wherein R 19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18) ⁇ ;
  • each of R 16 and R 17 ′ is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, and R 16 and R 17 ′ may form a ring ⁇ .
  • each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group.
  • X is preferably a hydrogen atom, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group or a tetrahydrofuranyl group, and in view of heat resistance, and is more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • each m 1 is independently an integer of 1 to 3, provided that the plurality of m 1 are not 1 at the same time.
  • m 1 is preferably 2 or 3, and in view of lithography, m 1 is more preferably 2.
  • the bonding-position relationship between hydroxyl groups in formula (1) is preferably the meta-position.
  • Preferable ranges or embodiments of m 2 to m 4 , R 1 to R 5 and W in formulae (7) and (8) are the same as in formula (1).
  • the weight ratio between the resin containing a structure represented by formula (7) and the resin containing a structure represented by formula (8) is preferably from 5:95 to 95:5, more preferably from 35:65 to 90:10 in light of film properties after curing and alkali solubility, still more preferably from 40:60 to 80:20 in light of film properties after curing, pattern profile and alkali solubility.
  • the resin mixture containing structures represented by formulae (7) and (8) is preferably a resin mixture containing structures represented by following formula (15) and following formula (8a):
  • m 1 is from 1 to 3; each m 2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2; each of m 3 and m 4 is independently an integer of 0 to 4; each of n 1 and n 2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500; each R 1 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group; when m 2 is 2, the plurality of R 1 may be the same as or different from each other; each R 2 to R 5 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom; each of R 6 and R 7 is independently a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group; when m 3 is from 2 to 4, the plurality of R 6 may be the same as or
  • resin mixture (A-2) is a resin mixture including a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (9) and a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (10):
  • each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group; each m 2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2, provided that the plurality of m 2 are not 0 at the same time; each of n 1 and n 2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500; each R 1 is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a nitro group, a cyano group, a group represented by formula (5), and a group represented by formula (6); when m 2 is 2, the plurality of R 1 may be the same as or different from
  • the weight ratio between the resin containing the structure represented by formula (9) and the resin containing the structure represented by formula (10) is from 5:95 to 95:5 ⁇ .
  • each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group.
  • X is preferably a hydrogen atom, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, or a tetrahydrofuranyl group, and in view of heat resistance, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the value of m 2 is preferably 1 in light of reactivity during the polymer synthesis.
  • Preferable ranges or embodiments of m 3 , m 4 , R 1 to R 7 , W and Y in formula (9) and (10) are the same as in formula (1).
  • the weight ratio between the resin containing a structure represented by formula (9) and the resin containing a structure represented by formula (10) is from 5:95 to 95:5, preferably from 35:65 to 90:10 in light of film properties after curing and alkali solubility, more preferably from 40:60 to 80:20 in light of film properties after curing, pattern profile and alkali solubility.
  • the resin containing a structure represented by formula (1), (7), (8), (9), (10), (13) or (15) is not limited as long as it has the structure represented by the formula above in the resin structure.
  • the structure of the resin may be a phenolic resin structure alone or a copolymer with a resin, such as alkali-soluble polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole precursor, polyhydroxystyrene, etc.
  • the structure is preferably a phenolic resin alone.
  • the resin containing a structure represented by following formula (17) or (18) can be also provided by itself or in the form of a photosensitive resin composition:
  • each of R 1 and R 17 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group;
  • m 1 is an integer of 2 or 3;
  • each of m 2 and m 6 is independently an integer of 0 to 2, and 2 ⁇ m 1 +m 2 ⁇ 4;
  • each of n 1 and n 2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500 and satisfies 0.05 ⁇ n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) ⁇ 1; when m 2 is 2, the plurality of R 1 may be the same or different; and the polymer structure may be a random structure or a block structure ⁇ ;
  • each R 1 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group; m 1 is an integer of 2 or 3, m 2 is an integer of 0 to 2, each of n 1 and n 2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500, and m 1 , m 2 , n 1 and n 2 satisfy 2 ⁇ m 1 +m 2 ⁇ 4 and 0.35 ⁇ n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) ⁇ 0.95; when m 2 is 2, the plurality of R 1 may be the same or different; and the polymer structure may be a random structure or a block structure ⁇ .
  • m 1 is not limited as long as it is an integer of 2 or 3. Among others, in view of lithography performance, m 1 is preferably 2.
  • R 1 and R 17 are not limited as long as each is independently a group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group. In view of heat resistance, each is preferably a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 3.
  • m 2 and m 6 are not limited as long as each is independently an integer of 0 to 2. Among others, in view of heat resistance, m 2 is preferably 0, and m 6 is preferably 0 or 1.
  • n 1 and n 2 are not limited as long as each is independently an integer of 1 to 500 and satisfies 0.05 ⁇ n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) ⁇ 1.
  • 0.35 ⁇ n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) ⁇ 0.9 is preferable after curing and alkali solubility, and 0.4 ⁇ n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) ⁇ 0.8 is more preferred in light of film properties after curing, pattern profile and alkali solubility.
  • m 2 is preferably 1, and R 1 is preferably an electron-withdrawing group.
  • m 1 is not limited as long as it is an integer of 2 or 3. In view of lithography performance, m 1 is preferably 2.
  • R 1 is not limited as long as each of R 1 is independently a group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group. Among others, in view of heat resistance, each of R 1 is preferably a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 3.
  • m 2 is not limited as long as it is an integer of 0 to 2. In view of heat resistance, m 2 is preferably 0.
  • n 1 and n 2 are not limited as long as each is independently an integer of 1 to 500 and satisfies 0.35 ⁇ n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) ⁇ 0.95. In view of light of film properties, 0.4 ⁇ n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) ⁇ 0.8 is preferred after curing, pattern profile and alkali solubility.
  • resin (A-1) a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (19) may also be used as resin (A-1):
  • each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group; each m 1 is independently an integer of 1 to 3, each m 2 is independently an integer of 1 to 2, and 2 ⁇ (m 1 +m 2 ) ⁇ 4; each of n 1 and n 2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500, and n 1 /(n 1 +n 2 ) is from 0.05 to 1; each R 1 is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a nitro group, a cyano group, a group represented by formula (5), and a group represented by
  • X is preferably a hydrogen atom, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, or a tetrahydropyranyl group, and in view of heat resistance, is more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 1 is not limited as long as it is a monovalent group selected from a nitro group, a cyano group, a group represented by formula (5), and a group represented by formula (6). From the standpoint that little by-product is produced during the polymer synthesis, R 1 is preferably a monovalent group represented by formula (5).
  • R 15 is more preferably a group represented by —O—R 19 .
  • n 1 is not limited as long as it is an integer of 1 to 3. Among others, in view of alkali solubility and cured relief pattern profile, in particular, in view of lithography, m 1 is preferably 2 or 3.
  • n 2 is not limited as long as it is an integer of 1 to 2. Among others, in view of reactivity in the polymer synthesis, m 2 is preferably 1.
  • z is not limited as long as it is an integer of 0 or 1. In view of elongation, z is preferably 1.
  • the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) can be synthesized by polymerization reaction of a phenolic compound and a polymerization component.
  • the polymerization component includes a component containing one or more kinds of compounds selected from the group consisting of a compound having two methylol groups in the molecule, a compound having two alkoxymethyl groups in the molecule, a compound having two haloalkyl groups in the molecule, and a compound having an aldehyde group. More typically, the polymerization component is preferably a component consisting of at least one compound thereof.
  • a phenolic compound is subjected to a polymerization reaction with one or more kinds of compounds selected from the group consisting of a compound having two methylol groups in the molecule, a compound having two alkoxymethyl groups in the molecule, a compound having two haloalkyl groups in the molecule, and a compound having an aldehyde group, whereby phenolic resin (A-1) can be obtained.
  • the molar ratio between the phenolic compound charged and the polymerization component charged is preferably from 5:1 to 1.01:1, more preferably from 2.5:1 to 1.1:1.
  • the phenolic compound used for the synthesis of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) is described.
  • the phenolic compound includes monohydric to trihydric phenols and is preferably a dihydric phenol or a trihydric phenol.
  • the monohydric phenol indicates a compound in which one hydroxyl group is bonded directly to a benzene ring.
  • the monohydric phenol includes, for example, phenol and a phenol in which a hydrogen atom on an aromatic ring is substituted with an alkyl or alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, and in view of thermal expansion coefficient after curing, phenol or cresol is preferred.
  • the dihydric phenol indicates a compound in which two hydroxyl groups are bonded directed to a benzene ring.
  • the dihydric phenol includes, for example, resorcin, hydroquinone, catechol, etc.
  • One of these dihydric phenols may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
  • resorcin is preferred.
  • the dihydric phenol may be a compound in which a hydrogen atom on an aromatic ring is substituted for by an alkyl or alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, and in view of thermal expansion coefficient after curing, an unsubstituted dihydric phenol is preferred.
  • the trihydric phenol indicates a compound in which three hydroxyl groups are bonded directly to a benzene ring.
  • the trihydric phenol includes, for example, pyrogallol, phloroglucinol, 1,2,4-trihydroxybenzene, etc.
  • One of these trihydric phenols may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination. In view of lithography performance, pyrogallol is preferred.
  • the trihydric phenol may be a compound in which a hydrogen atom on an aromatic ring is substituted with an alkyl or alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, and in view of thermal expansion coefficient after curing, an unsubstituted trihydric phenol is preferable.
  • R 1 in formula (1) is an electron-withdrawing group
  • the electron-withdrawing group is not limited as long as it is a nitro group, a cyano group, or a structure represented by following formula (5) or (6):
  • R 15 is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, —NH 2 , and groups represented by —NH—R 19 , —N(R 19 ) 2 and —O—R 19 (wherein R 19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18) ⁇ ;
  • each of R 16 and R 17 ′ is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, and R 16 and R 17 ′ may form a ring ⁇ .
  • R 15 is preferably a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, —NH 2 , and groups represented by —NH—R 19 , —N(R 19 ) 2 and —O—R 19 , wherein R 19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18.
  • R 15 is more preferably a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by —O—R 19 , wherein R 19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18.
  • the phenolic compound used for the synthesis of the above-described phenolic resin includes the following.
  • the phenolic compound includes 2-nitrophenol, 3-nitrophenol, 4-nitrophenol, 4-nitrocatechol, 2-nitroresorcinol, etc.
  • R 1 is a cyano group
  • the phenolic compound includes 2-cyanophenol, 3-cyanophenol, 4-cyanophenol, 4-cyanocatechol, etc.
  • R 1 is represented by formula (5)
  • specific examples of the phenolic compound in which the number m 1 of phenolic hydroxyl groups is 1 include 2-hydroxybenzoic acid, 3-hydroxybenzoic acid, 4-hydroxybenzoic acid, 3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoic acid, 3-hydroxy-4-methylbenzoic acid, 4-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoic acid, 4-hydroxy-3-methylbenzoic acid, 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylbenzoic acid, 4-hydroxyisophthalic acid, 5-hydroxyisophthalic acid, methyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, methyl 3-hydroxybenzoate, methyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, methyl 2-hydroxy-4-methylbenzoate, methyl 2-hydroxy-5-methylbenzoate, ethyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, ethyl 3-hydroxybenzoate, ethyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, ethyl 2-hydroxy-6-methylbenzoate, propyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, isopropyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, propyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, isopropyl
  • R 1 is represented by formula (5)
  • specific examples of the phenolic compound in which the number m 1 of phenolic hydroxyl groups is 2 include 2,3-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 2,4-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 2,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 2,6-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 3,4-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 3,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 2,6-dihydroxy-4-methylbenzoic acid, 2,5-dihydroxyterephthalic acid, methyl 2,3-dihydroxybenzoate, methyl 2,4-dihydroxybenzoate, methyl 2,5-dihydroxybenzoate, methyl 2,6-dihydroxybenzoate, methyl 3,4-dihydroxybenzoate, methyl 3,5-dihydroxybenzoate, ethyl 3,4-dihydroxybenzoate, ethyl 2,4-dihydroxy-6-methylbenzoate, 2,4-dihydroxybenzamide, 3,5-dihydroxybenzamide, 2,4-dihydroxy
  • R 1 is represented by formula (5)
  • specific examples of the phenolic compound in which the number m 1 of phenolic hydroxyl groups is 3 include 2,3,4-trihydroxybenzoic acid, 2,4,6-trihydroxybenzoic acid, gallic acid (3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoic acid), methyl gallate, ethyl gallate, propyl gallate, butyl gallate, isoamyl gallate, octyl gallate, dodecyl gallate, 2,3,4-trihydroxyacetophenone, 2,4,6-trihydroxyacetophenone, 2,3,4-trihydroxybenzophenone, etc.
  • R 1 is represented by formula (6)
  • specific examples of the phenolic compound include N-(hydroxyphenyl)-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxyimide, N-(hydroxyphenyl)-5-methyl-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxyimide, N-(dihydroxyphenyl)-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxyimide, N-(dihydroxyphenyl)-5-methyl-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxyimide, etc.
  • m 2 in formula (1) is an integer of 1 to 3, and in view of reactivity in the polymer synthesis, is preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1.
  • the polymerization component used for the synthesis of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) is described below.
  • the compound having two methylol groups in the molecule includes, for example, bis(hydroxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(hydroxymethyl)benzophenone, hydroxymethylphenyl hydroxymethylbenzoate, bis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, etc.
  • a compound having a biphenyldiyl skeleton is preferred, and 4,4′-bis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl is more preferred.
  • the compound having two alkoxymethyl groups in the molecule includes, for example, bis(methoxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(methoxymethyl)benzophenone, methoxymethylphenyl methoxymethylbenzoate, bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, etc.
  • the carbon number of the alkoxy moiety in the alkoxymethyl group is, in view of reaction activity, preferably from 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 1.
  • the compound having two haloalkyl groups in the molecule includes, for example, bischloromethylbiphenyl, etc.
  • the compound having an aldehyde group include formaldehyde, paraformaldehyde, acetaldehyde, propionaldehyde, cyclopropanecarboxyaldehyde, pivalaldehyde, butylaldehyde, isobutylaldehyde, pentanal, 2-methylbutylaldehyde, isovaleraldehyde, hexanal, methylvaleraldehyde, 2-methylvaleraldehyde, 2-ethylbutylaldehyde, 3,3-dimethylbutylaldehyde, cyclohexylaldehyde, heptanal, octanal, 2-ethylhexylaldehyde, nonanal, 3,5,5-trimethylhexanaldehyde, decanal, undecanal, dodecanal, acrolein, crotonaldehyde, 3-
  • the compound is preferably formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, propionaldehyde, pivalaldehyde, butylaldehyde, isobutylaldehyde, 5-norbornene-2-carboxyaldehyde, perillaldehyde, salicylaldehyde, 5-methylsalicylaldehyde, 3-hydroxybenzaldehyde, 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde, or 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylbenzaldehyde.
  • the compound is more preferably formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, propionaldehyde, pivalaldehyde, butylaldehyde, or isobutylaldehyde.
  • a typical synthesis method of the resin constituting phenolic resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) is described in detail below.
  • the above-described phenolic compound and the above-described polymerization component are heated and stirred in the presence of an appropriate polymerization catalyst, whereby the resin constituting phenolic resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) can be obtained.
  • the polymerization catalyst is not particularly limited but includes, for example, an acidic catalyst, an alkaline catalyst, etc., with an acidic catalyst being preferred.
  • the acidic catalyst includes, for example, an inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphonic acid, etc.; an organic acid, such as methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, etc.; a Lewis acid, such as boron trifluoride, anhydrous aluminum chloride, zinc chloride, etc.; and diethyl sulfate.
  • the amount of the acidic catalyst used is preferably from 0.01 to 100 mol % based on the molar number of methylol compound, alkoxymethyl compound or haloalkyl compound.
  • the alkaline catalyst includes, for example, lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, barium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, triethylamine, pyridine, 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine, piperidine, piperazine, 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene, 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene, ammonia, hexamethylenetetramine, etc.
  • the amount of the alkaline catalyst used is preferably from 0.01 to 100 mol % based on the molar number of methylol compound, alkoxymethyl compound or haloalkyl compound.
  • an organic solvent can be used, when carrying out the synthesis reaction of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2).
  • the organic solvent which can be used include, although are not particularly limited to, bis(2-methoxyethyl)ether, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, toluene, xylene, ⁇ -butyrolactone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, etc.
  • the amount of the organic solvent used is usually from 10 to 1,000 parts by mass, preferably from 20 to 500 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass as the total mass of raw materials charged.
  • the reaction temperature is usually from 20 to 250° C., preferably from 40 to 200° C.
  • the reaction time is usually from 1 to 20 hours.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) is preferably from 2,000 to 200,000, more preferably from 3,000 to 120,000, still more preferably from 4,000 to 50,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight is preferably 2,000 or more in light of elongation and is preferably 200,000 or less in light of alkali solubility.
  • the weight average molecular weight is a value obtained in terms of standard polystyrene by using gel permeation chromatography (hereinafter, referred to as “GPC”).
  • Resin (A-1) in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms of the hydroxyl group in the phenolic resin obtained above are substituted with the protective group is used in combination with the later-described photoacid generator (B), and the protective group is desorbed due to an acid generated in the exposed area to increase the solubility in an alkali solution, whereby a relief pattern can be formed.
  • the photosensitive resin composition may also further contain resins soluble in an aqueous alkali solution, other than the resin constituting resin (A-1) and resin mixture (A-2), as long as they do not adversely affect the effects of the present invention.
  • the other resin soluble in an aqueous alkali solution specifically includes, for example, a novolak resin, a polyhydroxystyrene-based resin, polyamide, polyimide, and derivatives, precursors and copolymers of these resins.
  • the content of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) in the mixed resin composition is, in view of elongation, preferably 50 mass % or more, more preferably 60 mass % or more.
  • the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited as long as it is a composition capable of forming a resin pattern in response to an actinic ray (radiation) typified by ultraviolet ray, electron beam, X-ray, etc., and the composition may be a photosensitive resin composition of either a negative type (the non-irradiated area is dissolved out by development) or a positive type (the irradiated area is dissolved out by development).
  • the photoacid generator (B) is a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with radiation, and the acid generated causes a crosslinking reaction between the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) and other components, so that the crosslinking product can be insoluble in a developer.
  • the compound includes, for example, the following compounds:
  • diphenyliodonium tetrafluoroborate diphenyliodonium tetrafluorophosphate, diphenyliodonium tetrafluoroarsenate, diphenyliodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, diphenyliodonium trifluoroacetate, diphenyliodonium p-toluenesulfonate, 4-methoxyphenylphenyliodonium tetrafluoroborate, 4-methoxyphenylphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphonate, 4-methoxyphenylphenyliodonium hexafluoroarsenate, 4-methoxyphenylphenyliodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 4-methoxyphenylphenyliodonium trifluoroacetate, 4-methoxyphenylphenyliodonium p-toluenesul
  • triphenylsulfonium tetrafluoroborate triphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphonate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluoroarsenate, triphenylsulfonium methanesulfonate, triphenylsulfonium trifluoroacetate, triphenylsulfonium p-toluenesulfonate, 4-methoxyphenyldiphenylsulfonium tetrafluoroborate, 4-methoxyphenyldiphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphonate, 4-methoxyphenyldiphenylsulfonium hexafluoroarsenate, 4-methoxyphenyldiphenylsulfonium methanesulfonate, 4-methoxyphenyldiphenylsulfonium trifluoroacetate, 4-methoxyphenyldiphenylsul
  • preferable trichloromethyl-s-triazines are 2-(3-chlorophenyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methylthiophenyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methoxy- ⁇ -styryl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methoxynaphthyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, etc.; preferable diaryliodonium salts are diphenyliodonium trifluoroacetate, diphenyliodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 4-methoxyphenylphenyliodon
  • the diazo ketone compound includes, for example, a 1,3-diketo-2-diazo compound, a diazobenzoquinone compound, a diazonaphthoquinone compound, etc., and specific examples thereof include 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonate compounds of phenols.
  • the sulfone compound includes, for example, a ⁇ -ketosulf one compound, a ⁇ -sulfonylsulfone compound, and an ⁇ -diazo compound thereof. Specific examples thereof include 4-trisphenacylsulfone, mesitylphenacylsulfone, bis(phenacylsulfonyl)methane, etc.
  • the sulfonic acid compound includes, for example, alkylsulfonic acid esters, haloalkylsulfonic acid esters, arylsulfonic acid esters, iminosulfonates, etc.
  • Specific preferable examples of the sulfonic acid compound include benzoin tosylate, pyrogallol tristrifluoromethanesulfonate, o-nitrobenzyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, o-nitrobenzyl p-toluenesulfonate, etc.
  • the sulfonimide compound includes, for example, N-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)succinimide, N-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)phthalimide, N-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)diphenylmaleimide, N-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboximide, N-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)naphthylimide, etc.
  • the oxime ester compound specifically includes 2-[2-(4-methylphenylsulfonyloxyimino)]-2,3-dihydrothiophen-3-ylidene]-2-(2-methylphenyl)acetonitrile (trade name: “IRGACURE PAG 121” produced by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Inc.), [2-(propylsulfonyloxyimino)-2,3-dihydrothiophen-3-ylidene]-2-(2-methylphenyl)acetonitrile (trade name: “IRGACURE PAG 103” produced by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Inc.), [2-(n-octanesulfonyloxyimino)-2,3-dihydrothiophen-3-ylidene]-2-(2-methylphenyl)acetonitrile (trade name: “IRGACURE PAG 108” produced by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Inc.), ⁇ -(n-oct
  • the diazomethane compound specifically includes bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)diazomethane, bis(cyclohexylsulfonyl)diazomethane, bis(phenylsulfonyl)diazomethane, etc.
  • the oxime ester compound (5) is particularly preferred.
  • the blending amount of photoacid generator (B) is preferably from 0.1 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably from 1 to 40 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2).
  • the blending amount is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the effect of improving the sensitivity can be successfully obtained, and when the blending amount is 50 parts by mass or less, the mechanical properties of the cured film are advantageous.
  • photoacid generators described in (i) to (iii) and (1) to (6) and/or a quinonediazide compound are suitably used.
  • a quinonediazide compound is preferred in view of physical properties after curing. This is because the quinonediazide compound is thermally decomposed during curing and the amount of the compound remaining in the cured film is very small.
  • the quinonediazide compound includes, for example, compounds having a 1,2-benzoquinonediazide structure or a 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide structure (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as “NQD compound”). These compounds are described in detail, for example, in U.S.
  • the NQD compound is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonic acid ester of a compound having a plurality of phenolic hydroxyl groups (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as “polyhydroxy compound”), which is described in detail below, and a 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonic acid ester of the polyhydroxy compound.
  • the NQD compound is obtained, in a conventional manner, by treating a naphthoquinonediazide sulfonic acid compound with chlorosulfonic acid, thionyl chloride, etc. to form a sulfonyl chloride, and reacting the obtained naphthoquinonediazide sulfonyl chloride with the polyhydroxy compound.
  • a predetermined amount of the polyhydroxy compound and a predetermined amount of 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonyl chloride or 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonyl chloride are reacted in a solvent, such as dioxane, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, etc., in the presence of a basic catalyst, such as triethylamine, to carry out esterification, and the obtained product is washed with water and dried, whereby the NQD compound can be obtained.
  • a solvent such as dioxane, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, etc.
  • a basic catalyst such as triethylamine
  • the preferable NQD compound includes, for example, compounds represented by the following formula group:
  • Q is a hydrogen atom or a naphthoquinonediazide sulfonic acid ester group represented by any one of the following formula group:
  • a naphthoquinonediazide sulfonyl ester compound having a naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonyl group and a naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonyl group in the same molecule may also be used, or a mixture of a naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonyl ester compound and a naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonyl ester compound may also be used.
  • one of the above compounds may be used alone, or two or more of the above compounds may be mixed and used.
  • the blending amount of photoacid generator (B) in the photosensitive resin composition is from 0.1 to 70 parts by mass, preferably from 1 to 40 parts by mass, more preferably from 5 to 30 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2).
  • the blending amount is 0.1 parts by mass, good sensitivity is obtained, and when the blending amount is 70 parts by mass or less, mechanical properties of the cured film are advantageous.
  • thermophysical properties and mechanical properties of the cured product it is preferable to further blend (C) a crosslinking agent in the photosensitive resin composition.
  • crosslinking agent (C) a known crosslinking agent can be used, and examples thereof include, but are not limited to, an epoxy compound, an oxetane compound, an oxazoline compound, a carbodiimide compound, aldehyde, an aldehyde-modified product, an isocyanate compound, an unsaturated bond-containing compound, a melamine compound, a metal chelating agent, a methylol compound or alkoxymethyl compound represented by following formula (21), an N-methylol compound or N-alkoxymethyl compound having a structure represented by following formula (22), and a compound having a divalent group represented by following formula (23).
  • an epoxy compound, an oxetane compound, an oxazoline compound, an isocyanate compound, a methylol compound or alkoxymethyl compound represented by following formula (21), an N-methylol compound or N-alkoxymethyl compound represented by following formula (22), a divalent group-containing compound having a structure represented by following formula (23), etc. are preferred, and in view of pattern profile after curing, an epoxy compound, an isocyanate compound, an N-methylol compound or N-alkoxymethyl compound having a structure represented by following formula (22), etc., are more preferred:
  • R 20 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group and an isopropyl group;
  • R 21 is at least one monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, and alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, an alkoxy group, an ester group and a urethane group;
  • m 8 is an integer of 1 to 5, and m 9 is an integer of 0 to 4, provided that 1 ⁇ (m 8 +m 9 ) ⁇ 5;
  • n 3 is an integer of 1 to 4;
  • each of R 22 and R 23 is independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 ⁇ ;
  • R 24 is a functional group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 6, and an alkenyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 6,
  • V 2 is a divalent group selected from the group consisting of —CH 2 —, —O— and —S—,
  • V 3 is a divalent organic group,
  • m 10 is an integer of 0 to 4, and when a plurality of R 24 are present, the plurality of R 24 may be the same as or different from each other ⁇ .
  • epoxy compound examples include 1,1,2,2-tetra(p-hydroxyphenyl)ethane tetraglycidyl ether, glycerol triglycidyl ether, ortho-sec-butylphenyl glycidyl ether, 1,6-bis(2,3-epoxypropoxy)naphthalene, diglycerol polyglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol glycidyl ether, triglycidyl isocyanurate, EPICLON 830, 850, 1050, N-680, N-690, N-695, N-770, HP-7200, HP-820 and EXA-4850-1000 (trade names, produced by DIC Corp.), and DENACOL EX-201, EX-313, EX-314, EX-321, EX-411, EX-511, EX-512, EX-612, EX-614, EX-614B, EX-731, EX-810, EX-911
  • epoxy compounds of EPICLON 830, 850, 1050, N-680, N-690, N-695, N-770, HP-7200, HP-820 and EXA-4850-1000, and DENACOL EX-201, EX-313, EX-314, EX-321, EX-411, EX-511, EX-512, EX-612, EX-614, EX-614B, EX-731, EX-810, EX-911 and EM-150 are preferred.
  • oxetane compound examples include xylylene bisoxetane, 3-ethyl-3 ⁇ [(3-ethyloxetanyl)methoxy]methyl ⁇ oxetane, ETERNACOLL OXBP (trade name, produced by Ube Industries, Ltd.), etc.
  • oxazoline compound examples include 2,2′-bis(2-oxazoline), 2,2′-isopropylidenebis(4-phenyl-2-oxazoline), 1,3-bis(4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl)benzene, 1,4-bis(4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl)benzene, EPOCROS K-2010E, K-2020E, K-2030E, WS-500, WS-700 and RPS-1005 (trade names, produced by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.), etc.
  • 1,3-bis(4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl)benzene is preferred.
  • carbodiimide compound examples include CARBODILITE SV-02, V-01, V-02, V-03, V-04, V-05, V-07, V-09, E-01, E-02 and LA-1 (trade names, produced by Nisshinbo Chemical Inc.), etc.
  • isocyanate-based crosslinking agent examples include 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, tolylene diisocyanate, 1,3-phenylenebismethylene diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane-4,4′-diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, TAKENATE 500 and 600, COSMONATE NBDI and ND (trade names, produced by Mitsui Chemicals Inc.), DURANATE 17B-60PX, TPA-B80E, MF-B60X, MF-K60X and E402-B80T (trade names, produced by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation), etc.
  • aldehyde and aldehyde-modified product include formaldehyde, glutaraldehyde, hexamethylenetetramine, trioxane, glyoxal, malondialdehyde, succindialdehyde, etc.
  • melamine compound examples include CYMEL 300, 301, 303, 370, 325, 327, 701, 266, 267, 238, 1141, 272, 202, 1156, 1158, 1123, 1170 and 1174, UFR 65 and 300, MYCOAT 102 and 105 (all produced by Mitsui Cytec Ltd.); NIKALAC MX-270, -280 and -290, NIKALAC MS-11, and NIKALAC MW-30, -100, -300, -390 and -750 (all produced by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.); DML-OCHP, DML-MBPC, DML-BPC, DML-PEP, DML-34X, DML-PSBP, DML-PTBP, DML-PCHP, DML-POP, DML-PFP, DML-MBOC, BisCMP-F, DML-BisOC-Z, D
  • NIKALAC MW-30MH, MW-100LH, BL-60, MX-270, MX-280 and MX-290, CYMEL 300, 303 and 1123, MYCOAT 102 and 105, benzene dimethanol, TMOM-BP, TMOM-BPA, TML-BPAF-MF are preferred.
  • the unsaturated bond-containing compound include trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, triallyl 1,3,5-benzenetricarboxylate, triallyl trimellitate, tetraallyl pyromellitate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetraacrylate, NK ESTER 1G, 2G, 3G, 4G, 9G, 14G, NPG, BPE-100, BPE-200, BPE-500, BPE-1400, A-200, A-400, A-600, TMPT and A-TMM-3 (trade names, produced by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), BANI-M, BANI-X (trade names, produced by Maruzen Petrochemical Co.
  • trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, triallyl 1,3,5-benzenetricarboxylate, triallyl trimellitate, tetraallyl pyromellitate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetraacrylate, BANI-M, and BANI-X are more preferred.
  • the metal chelating agent include an acetylacetone aluminum(III) salt, an acetylacetone titanium(IV) salt, an acetylacetone chromium(III) salt, an acetylacetone magnesium(II) salt, an acetylacetone nickel(II) salt, a trifluoroacetylacetone aluminum(III) salt, a trifluoroacetylacetone titanium(IV) salt, a trifluoroacetylacetone chromium(III) salt, a trifluoroacetylacetone magnesium(II) salt, a trifluoroacetylacetone nickel(II) salt, etc.
  • the blending amount of crosslinking agent (C) in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 0.1 to 40 parts by mass, more preferably from 1 to 30 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2).
  • the blending amount is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the thermophysical properties and mechanical strength of the heat-cured film are good, and when the blending amount is 40 parts by mass or less, the stability of composition in the varnish state and the elongation of heat-cured film are advantageous.
  • crosslinking agents (C) in the case where the resin of this embodiment has a carbonyl group, the polyhydric alcohol compound and polyvalent amine compound can efficiently crosslink resins with each other by means of a nucleophilic substitution reaction to the carbonyl group.
  • polyhydric alcohol compound and polyvalent amine compound include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,8-octanediol, 1,12-dodecanediol, glycerol, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, DURANOL T6002, T6001, T5652, T5651, T5650J, T5650E, T4672, T4671, T4692, T4691, G3452 and G3450J (product names, produced by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corp.), ethylenediamine, 1,3-propanediamine, 1,4-butanediamine, 1,6-hexanediamine, 1,8-octanediamine, 1,12-dodecanediamine, etc.
  • Thermal acid generator (D) is a compound capable of generating an acid by heat and accelerating the reaction of crosslinking agent (C).
  • the temperature at which thermal acid generator (D) generates an acid is preferably from 150 to 250° C.
  • thermal acid generator (D) includes, for example, carboxylic acid esters, such as allyl chloroacetate, n-butyl chloroacetate, t-butyl chloroacetate, ethyl chloroacetate, methyl chloroacetate, benzyl chloroacetate, isopropyl chloroacetate, 2-methoxyethyl chloroacetate, methyl dichloroacetate, methyl trichloroacetate, ethyl trichloroacetate, 2-ethoxyethyl trichloroacetate, t-butyl cyanoacetate, t-butyl methacrylate, ethyl trifluoroacetate, methyl trifluoroacetate, phenyl trifluoroacetate, vinyl trifluoroacetate, isopropyl trifluoroacetate, allyl trifluoroacetate, ethyl benzoate, methyl benzoate, butyl benzoate
  • sulfonic acid esters such as ethyl methanesulfonate, methyl methanesulfonate, 2-methoxyethyl methanesulfonate, 2-isopropoxyethyl methanesulfonate, phenyl p-toluenesulfonate, ethyl p-toluenesulfonate, methyl p-toluenesulfonate, 2-methoxyethyl p-toluenesulfonate, ethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, n-butyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, ethyl perfluorobutanesulfonate, methyl perfluorobutanesulfonate, ethyl perfluorooctanesulfonate, 1,4-butanesultone, 2,4-buta
  • thermal acid generators (D) includes ethyl methanesulfonate, methyl methanesulfonate, 2-methoxyethyl methanesulfonate, ethyl p-toluenesulfonate, methyl p-toluenesulfonate, 2-methoxyethyl p-toluenesulfonate, ethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, n-butyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, 1,4-butanesultone, 2,4-butanesultone, 2-sulfobenzoic anhydride, p-toluenesulfonic anhydride, etc.
  • thermal acid generators (D) described above may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
  • the blending amount of thermal acid generator (D) in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.5 to 10 parts by mass, still more preferably from 1 to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2).
  • the blending amount is 0.1 parts by mass or more, an effect of maintaining the pattern profile after heat-curing is caused, and when the blending amount is 30 parts by mass or less, an adverse effect on the lithography performance is not caused and the composition stability is advantageously good.
  • the photosensitive resin composition may contain, if desired, a solvent, a dye, a surfactant, a silane coupling agent, a dissolution accelerator, a crosslinking accelerator, etc.
  • the solvent includes, for example, amides, sulfoxides, ureas, ketones, esters, lactones, ethers, halogenated hydrocarbons, hydrocarbons, etc. More specifically, the solvent that can be used includes, for example, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, tetramethylurea, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, diethyl oxalate, ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, butyl lactate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, benzyl alcohol, phenyl glycol, tetrahydro
  • N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone dimethylsulfoxide, tetramethylurea, butyl acetate, ethyl lactate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, benzyl alcohol, phenyl glycol, and tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol are preferred.
  • the amount of the solvent used in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 100 to 1,000 parts by mass, more preferably from 120 to 700 parts by mass, still more preferably from 125 to 500 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of phenolic resin (A-1).
  • the dye includes, for example, methyl violet, crystal violet, malachite green, etc.
  • the blending amount of the dye in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 0.1 to 30 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of phenolic resin (A-1).
  • the surfactant includes a nonionic surfactant, for example, polyglycols, such as polypropylene glycol, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, etc., and derivatives thereof; for example, a fluorine-containing surfactant, such as FLUORAD (registered trademark and trade name, produced by Sumitomo 3M Limited), MEGAFACE (registered trademark and trade name, produced by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.), LUMIFLON (registered trademark and trade name, produced by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), etc.; and, for example, an organic siloxane surfactant, such as KP 341 (trade name, produced by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), DBE (trade name, produced by Chisso Corporation), GLANOL (trade name, produced by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd), etc.
  • a nonionic surfactant for example, polyglycols, such as polypropylene glycol, polyoxy
  • the blending amount of the surfactant in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 0.01 to 10 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2).
  • the silane coupling agent includes, although is not limited to, for example, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane (for example, trade name: KBM803 produced by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: Sila-Ace 5810 produced by Chisso Corporation, etc.), 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane (trade name: SIM6475.0 produced by AZmax Co.), 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (for example, trade name: LS1375 produced by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: SIM6474.0 produced by AZmax Co., etc.), mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane (trade name: SIM6473.5C produced by AZmax Co.), mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane (trade name: SIM6473.0 produced by AZmax Co.), 3-mercaptopropyldiethoxymethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylethoxydime
  • the silane coupling agent also includes, although is not limited to, for example, N-(3-triethoxysilylpropyl)urea (trade name: LS3610 produced by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: SIU9055.0 produced by AZmax Co.), N-(3-trimethoxysilylpropyl)urea (trade name: SIU9058.0 produced by AZmax Co.), N-(3-diethoxymethoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-ethoxydimethoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-tripropoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-diethoxypropoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-ethoxydipropoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-dimethoxypropoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-methoxydipropoxysilylpropyl)ure
  • the silane coupling agent includes, although is not limited to, for example, 2-(triethoxysilylethyl)pyridine, 2-(dimethoxysilylmethylethyl)pyridine, 2-(diethoxysilylmethylethyl)pyridine, (3-triethoxysilylpropyl)-t-butylcarbamate, (3-glycidoxypropyl)triethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, tetra-n-propoxysilane, tetra-i-propoxysilane, tetra-n-butoxysilane, tetra-i-butoxysilane, tetra-t-butoxysilane, tetrakis(methoxyethoxysilane), tetrakis(methoxy-n-propoxysilane), tetrakis(ethoxyethoxysilane), tetraki
  • silane coupling agents in view of storage stability, phenylsilanetriol, trimethoxyphenylsilane, trimethoxy(p-tolyl)silane, diphenylsilanediol, dimethoxydiphenylsilane, diethoxydiphenylsilane, dimethoxydi-p-tolylsilane, triphenylsilanol, and silane coupling agents represented by the following structures are preferred.
  • the blending amount of the silane coupling agent in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 0.01 to 20 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2).
  • the dissolution accelerator includes, for example, a compound having a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group.
  • the compound having a hydroxyl group include a linear phenolic compound, such as ballasting agents used in naphthoquinonediazide compounds recited above, para-cumylphenol, bisphenols, resorcinols, MtrisPC, MtetraPC, etc.; a nonlinear phenolic compound, such as TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PHBA, TrisP-PA (all produced by Honshu Chemical Industry Co.
  • Examples of the compound having a carboxyl group include 3-phenyllactic acid, 4-hydroxyphenyllactic acid, 4-hydroxymandelic acid, 3,4-dihydroxymandelic acid, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxymandelic acid, 2-methoxy-2-(1-naphthyl)propionic acid, mandelic acid, atrolactic acid, ⁇ -methoxyphenylacetic acid, O-acetylmandelic acid, itaconic acid, benzoic acid, o-toluic acid, m-toluic acid, p-toluic acid, 2,3-dimethylbenzoic acid, 2,4-dimethylbenzoic acid, 2,5-dimethylbenzoic acid, 2,6-dimethylbenzoic acid, 3,4-dimethylbenzoic acid, 3,5-dimethylbenzoic acid, 2,4,5-trimethylbenzoic acid, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, cumic acid, isobutylbenzo
  • the blending amount of the dissolution accelerator in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 0.1 to 30 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2).
  • the crosslinking accelerator is preferably a compound capable of generating an acid by light or generating a base or a radical by heat or light.
  • the compound capable of generating an acid by light includes, for example, an onium salt, such as TPS-105 and 1000, DTS-105, NDS-105 and 165 (trade names, produced by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), DPI-DMAS, TTBPS-TF, TPS-TF, DTBPI-TF (trade names, produced by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd.), etc.; and an oxime sulfonate, such as NAI-100, 101, 105 and 106, PAI-101 (trade names, produced by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), IRGACURE PAG-103, 108, 121 and 203, CGI-1380 and 725, NIT, 1907, PNBT (trade names, produced by BASF Japan Inc.), etc.
  • an onium salt such as TPS-105 and 1000, DTS-105, NDS-105 and 165 (trade names, produced by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), DPI-DMAS, TTBPS-TF
  • the compound capable of generating a base by heat or light includes, for example, an amine salt, such as U-CATSA-1, 102, 506, 603 and 810 (trade names, produced by San-Apro Ltd.), CGI-1237, 1290 and 1293 (trade names, produced by BASF Japan Inc.), etc.; and a compound in which an amino group of 2,6-piperidine, butylamine, diethylamine, dibutylamine, N,N′-diethyl-1,6-diaminohexane, hexamethylenediamine, etc., is converted to a urethane group or a urea group.
  • the urethane group includes a t-butoxycarbonylamino group, etc.
  • the urea group includes a phenylaminocarbonylamino group, etc.
  • the compound capable of generating a radical by heat or light includes, for example, an alkylphenone, such as IRGACURE 651, 184, 2959, 127, 907, 369 and 379 (trade names, produced by BASF Japan Inc.), etc.; an acylphosphine oxide, such as IRGACURE 819 (trade name, produced by BASF Japan Inc.), etc.; a titanocene, such as IRGACURE 784 (trade name, produced by BASF Japan Inc.), etc.; and an oxime ester, such as IRGACURE OXE 01 and 02 (trade names, produced by BASF Japan Inc.), etc.
  • an alkylphenone such as IRGACURE 651, 184, 2959, 127, 907, 369 and 379 (trade names, produced by BASF Japan Inc.), etc.
  • an acylphosphine oxide such as IRGACURE 819 (trade name, produced by BASF Japan Inc.), etc.
  • a titanocene such as
  • a method for producing a cured relief pattern by using the above-described photosensitive resin composition comprises the following steps:
  • the above-described photosensitive resin composition is applied onto an appropriate support or substrate, for example, a silicon wafer, a ceramic, an aluminum substrate, etc.
  • an adhesion aid such as silane coupling agent may be previously applied on the support or substrate.
  • Applying the photosensitive resin composition is carried out by spin coating using a spinner, spray coating using a spray coater, dipping, printing, roll coating, etc.
  • the applied film of the photosensitive resin composition containing phenolic resin (A-1) is dried by prebaking at 80 to 140° C., and the photosensitive resin composition is then exposed to light.
  • the chemical ray for exposure an X-ray, an electron beam, an ultraviolet ray, visible light, etc., can be used, and a chemical ray having a wavelength of 200 to 500 nm is preferred.
  • the light source wavelength is preferably g-line, h-line or i-line of a mercury lamp, and one of these chemical rays may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be mixed.
  • a contact aligner, a mirror projection, and a stepper are particularly preferred.
  • the applied film may be again heated at 80 to 140° C., if desired.
  • the developer that can be used includes, for example, an aqueous solution of inorganic alkalis, such as sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, aqueous ammonia, etc., organic amines, such as ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, triethanolamine, etc., or quaternary ammonium salts, such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, etc.
  • a water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, etc.
  • a surfactant is added in an appropriate amount to the aqueous solution.
  • concentration of tetramethylammonium hydroxide is preferably from 0.5 to 10 mass %, more preferably from 1 to 5 mass %.
  • a rinsing solution for example, one of distilled water, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, etc. may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
  • the heating temperature is preferably from 150 to 300° C., more preferably 250° C. or less.
  • the production method of a cured relief pattern is suitably used for a semiconductor device having an insulating layer consisting of a high-dielectric material or ferroelectric material having a restriction on the processing temperature, for example, an oxide of a metal having a high melting point, such as titanium, tantalum, hafnium, etc.
  • a heat treatment at 300 to 400° C. may be of course carried out. Such a heat treatment can be carried out using a hot plate, an oven, or a temperature-programmable temperature-rising oven.
  • the atmosphere gas in the heating treatment air may be used, or an inert gas, such as nitrogen, argon, etc., may also be used.
  • an inert gas such as nitrogen, argon, etc.
  • the composition may be heated under reduced pressure by using a vacuum pump, etc.
  • a semiconductor device having a cured relief pattern produced by the above-described method using the above-described photosensitive resin composition has a semiconductor element and a cured film provided on the top of the semiconductor element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern described above.
  • the cured relief pattern may be laminated to come into direct contact with the semiconductor element or may be laminated with interposition of another layer on the element.
  • the cured film includes a surface protective film, an interlayer insulating film, an insulating film for rewiring, a protective film for a flip-chip device, and a protective film of a semiconductor device having a bump structure.
  • the semiconductor device can be manufactured by combining a known method for manufacturing a semiconductor device and the above-described production method of a cured relief pattern of the present invention.
  • a display device having a cured relief pattern produced by the above-described method using the above-described photosensitive resin composition has a display element and a cured film provided on the top of the display element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern described above.
  • the cured relief pattern may be laminated to come into direct contact with the display element or may be laminated with interposition of another layer on the element.
  • the cured film includes a surface protective film, an insulating film and a planarization film for a TFT liquid crystal display element or a color filter element; a projection for an MVA liquid crystal display device; and a cathode partition wall for an organic EL element.
  • the display device can be manufactured by combining a known method for manufacturing a display device and the above-described production method of a cured relief pattern.
  • Examples of the application of the display device include a protective film obtained by forming a cured film of the above-described photosensitive resin composition on a display device, an insulating film or a planarization film for a TFT element, a color filter, etc., a projection for an MVA liquid crystal display device, etc., and a cathode partition wall for an organic EL element, etc.
  • a patterned cured film of the photosensitive resin composition is formed by the above-described method on a substrate on which a display element or a color filter has been formed.
  • an alkali-soluble resin composition containing an alkali-soluble resin and a solvent is provided.
  • the alkali-soluble resin composition is characterized in that a cured film obtained by coating the resin composition and curing the coated resin composition at 200° C. satisfies all of following a) to c):
  • the stress at a film thickness of 7 ⁇ m is from 5 to 18 MPa
  • the maximum value of tensile elongation of the film having a film thickness of 10 ⁇ m is from 20 to 100%
  • the glass transition temperature at a film thickness of 10 ⁇ m is from 180 to 300° C.
  • the cured film consisting of the alkali-soluble resin composition has sufficient properties as a surface protective film or interlayer insulating film of a semiconductor.
  • the present inventors have found that when a cured film obtained by curing the alkali-soluble resin composition at 200° C. satisfies all of a) to c), the cured film exhibits excellent performance as a protective film of a semiconductor device.
  • a semiconductor having a cured film consisting of the resin composition can be mounted on a printed board without involving deformation of the cured relief pattern due to heat applied when mounting the semiconductor on the board.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is not limited but in view of heat resistance, is preferably a resin selected from a polyimide precursor, a polyimide, a polybenzoxazole precursor, and a phenolic resin.
  • a resin mixture of a resin containing a structure represented by formula (1) and resins containing structures represented by formulae (7) and (8) is more preferred.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited and includes those described above.
  • the alkali-soluble resin composition containing an alkali-soluble resin and a solvent further contains a photoacid generator.
  • the photoacid generator includes those described above.
  • the crosslinking agent includes those described above.
  • thermal acid generator and other components, those described above can be also added.
  • a cured product obtained by coating a substrate with a photosensitive resin layer consisting of a positive-type photosensitive resin composition containing a phenolic resin, a photoacid generator and a solvent, and subjecting the layer to exposure, development and curing is provided.
  • the cured product is characterized in that, in a cross-sectional profile consisting of a space moiety of 5 to 100 ⁇ m and a land moiety of 1 to 10 mm, the cross-sectional angle defined by an interior angle relative to the base material surface when a tangential line is drawn at a height of half the cured film thickness is from 40 to 90°.
  • the cross-sectional angle of the cured product is preferably from 40 to 85°, more preferably from 45 to 80°.
  • the substrate includes a silicon wafer, etc.
  • the exposure, development and curing conditions are not limited as long as a cured film giving a cured product having a cross-sectional angle of from 40 to 90° is obtained, but the exposure, development and curing can be carried out, for example, under the conditions described in following Examples.
  • the measurement conditions are as follows.
  • the weight average molecular weight was calculated in terms of standard polystyrene (organic solvent-based standard sample, STANDARD SM-105 produced by Showa Denko K.K.) by GPC.
  • the GPC apparatus used and the measurement conditions are as follows:
  • the resin was dissolved in ⁇ -butyrolactone to give a solid content concentration of 37 mass %, and a silicon wafer was spin-coated with the solution and then placed on a hot plate.
  • the silicon wafer and spin-coated film were prebaked on the hot plate at 120° C. for 180 seconds to form a coating film having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m.
  • the film thickness was measured by a film thickness measurement system (LAMBDA ACE) manufactured by Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co., Ltd. Thereafter, the film was dipped in an aqueous TMAH solution (AZ300MIF produced by AZ Electronic Materials) of 2.38 mass % at a liquid temperature of 23.0° C.
  • a silicon wafer was spin-coated with a photosensitive resin composition and placed on a hot plate, and the silicon wafer and spin-coated film were prebaked on the hot plate at 120° C. for 180 seconds to form a coating film having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m.
  • This coating film was exposed to irradiation with i-line at an exposure dose of 500 mJ/cm 2 by using a stepper NSR2005i8A (manufactured by Nikon Corp.) having an exposure wavelength of i-line (365 nm) through a reticle with a test pattern. After the exposure, with respect to Examples 12, 13, 33, 59, 68, 70, 71 and 72, the film was reheated on the hot plate at 120° C. for 180 seconds.
  • the film was then developed with an aqueous 2.38% tetramethylammonium hydroxide solution AZ-300MIF (produced by AZ Electronic Materials) at 23° C. for 100 seconds in a developing machine (D-SPIN), rinsed with pure water, and cured at 225° C. or 250° C. for 1 hour under nitrogen atmosphere in a vertical curing furnace VF200B (manufactured by Koyo Thermo Systems Co., Ltd.) to obtain a cured relief pattern.
  • the film thickness was measured with a contact-type film thickness measuring apparatus P-15 (manufactured by KLA-Tencor Corporation) before and after the curing, and the residual film ratio during curing was calculated.
  • the cured relief pattern profile was judged as “good” when the relief pattern of a 20 ⁇ m square was not buried after curing and the shape was maintained, and the cured relief pattern profile was judged as “bad” when the shape was collapsed and the pattern was buried.
  • the profile was judged as “bad” when the pattern profile was collapsed.
  • the sample for elongation measurement was produced by the following method.
  • a 6-inch silicon wafer substrate having an aluminum deposition layer on the outermost surface thereof was spin-coated with each of the photosensitive resin compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples to have a film thickness of about 10 ⁇ m after curing, and prebaked on a hot plate at 120° C. for 180 seconds to form a coating film.
  • the film thickness was measured by a film thickness measurement system (LAMBDA ACE) manufactured by Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co., Ltd. This coating film was heated at 200° C., 225° C. or 250° C. for 1 hour under nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a film having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m.
  • LAMBDA ACE film thickness measurement system
  • the obtained resin cured film was cut into a width of 3 mm by means of a dicing saw and then separated from the wafer by a treatment with an aqueous dilute hydrochloric acid solution. In this way, 20 samples were obtained. After leaving each sample to stand still for 24 hours or more in an atmosphere of a temperature of 23° C. and a relative humidity of 50%, the elongation was measured by a tensile tester (TENSILON). The elongation of the film cured at 225° C. or 250° C. shows the average value of 20 samples, and the elongation of the film cured at 200° C. shows the maximum value.
  • the measurement conditions of the tensile tester were as follows:
  • a cured film piece having a thickness of about 10 ⁇ m and a width of 3 mm was produced and measured for the glass transition temperature using a thermal mechanical analyzer (model name: TMA-50 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). The measurement conditions were as follows.
  • a 6-inch silicon wafer having a thickness of 625 ⁇ m ⁇ 25 ⁇ m whose warpage was previously measured was spin-coated with each of the photosensitive resin compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples to have a film thickness of about 10 ⁇ m after curing, and prebaked on a hot plate at 120° C. for 180 seconds to form a coating film.
  • the film thickness was measured by a film thickness measurement system (LAMBDA ACE) manufactured by Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co., Ltd.
  • the coating film was heated at 200° C. for 1 hour under nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a film having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m, and after leaving the obtained wafer with a cured film to stand still in an atmosphere of a temperature of 23° C. and humidity of 50% for 24 hours, the residual stress of the wafer was measured by a residual stress measuring apparatus (model name: FLX-2320 manufactured by Tencor Corporation).
  • a silicon wafer was spin-coated with the photosensitive resin composition and placed on a hot plate, and the silicon wafer and spin-coated film were prebaked on the hot plate at 120° C. for 180 seconds to form a coating film having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m.
  • This coating film was exposed to irradiation with i-line at an exposure dose of 500 mJ/cm 2 by using a stepper NSR2005i8A (manufactured by Nikon Corp.) having an exposure wavelength of i-line (365 nm) through a reticle with a test pattern. After the exposure, with respect to Examples 12, 13, 33, 58, 67, 69, 70 and 71, the film was reheated on the hot plate at 120° C. for 180 seconds.
  • the film was then developed with an aqueous 2.38% tetramethylammonium hydroxide solution AZ-300MIF (produced by AZ Electronic Materials) at 23° C. for 100 seconds in a developing machine (D-SPIN), rinsed with pure water, and cured at 200° C. for 1 hour under nitrogen atmosphere in a vertical curing furnace VF200B (manufactured by Koyo Thermo Systems Co., Ltd.) to obtain a cured relief pattern.
  • AZ-300MIF produced by AZ Electronic Materials
  • the cross-sectional profile consisting of a space moiety of 50 ⁇ m and a land moiety of 5 mm was observed using SEM (model name: S-4800 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation), and the cross-sectional angle defined by an interior angle relative to the base material surface when a tangential line is drawn at a height of half the cured film thickness was measured.
  • Measuring apparatus Model JNM-GSX 400 manufactured by JEOL Ltd.
  • Measurement solvent deuterated dimethylsulfoxide solvent (DMSO-d 6 )
  • photoacid generator (B), crosslinking agent (C) and thermal acid generator (D) used in Examples and Comparative Examples are as follows.
  • a photoacid generator shown by the following formula:
  • IRGACURE PAG121 (trade name, produced by BASF Japan Inc.)
  • a photoacid generator shown by the following formula:
  • n 8 is an integer of 1 to 3 ⁇ ETERNACOLL OXBP (trade name, produced by Ube Industries, Ltd.)
  • DURANOL T5652 product name, produced by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corp.
  • a thermal acid generator shown by the following formula:
  • the mixed solution was heated to 140° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 140° C. for 5 hours.
  • FIG. 1 shows the 1 H NMR spectrum obtained by dissolving P1-1 in a deuterated dimethylsulfoxide solvent and measuring the solution by Model JNM-GSX 400 manufactured by JEOL Ltd.
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 70.6 g (0.42 mol) of methyl 3,5-dihydroxybenzoate in place of propyl gallate of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-2) was obtained at a yield of 78%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-2) synthesized was 14,600 in terms of polystyrene.
  • FIG. 2 shows the 1 H NMR spectrum obtained by measuring P1-2 in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 64.3 g (0.42 mol) of 2,4-dihydroxybenzamide in place of propyl gallate of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-3) was obtained at a yield of 82%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-3) synthesized was 19,200 in terms of polystyrene.
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 71.0 g (0.47 mol) of 2,4-dihydroxyacetophenone in place of propyl gallate of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-4) was obtained at a yield of 73%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-4) synthesized was 11,800 in terms of polystyrene.
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 85.0 g (0.44 mol) of Compound (I-1) in place of propyl gallate of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-5) was obtained at a yield of 58%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-5) synthesized was 3,900 in terms of polystyrene.
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 51.6 g (0.37 mol) of salicylic acid in place of propyl gallate of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-6) was obtained at a yield of 71%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-6) synthesized was 18,200 in terms of polystyrene.
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 60.4 g (0.39 mol) of 2,4-dihydroxybenzoic acid in place of propyl gallate of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-7) was obtained at a yield of 66%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-7) synthesized was 13,500 in terms of polystyrene.
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 60.6 g (0.44 mol) of 3-nitrophenol in place of propyl gallate of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-8) was obtained at a yield of 70%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-8) synthesized was 11,500 in terms of polystyrene.
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 41.4 g (0.3 mol) of 1,4-bis(methoxymethyl)benzene in place of 4,4′-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-9) was obtained at a yield of 72%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-9) synthesized was 12,600 in terms of polystyrene.
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 50.5 g (0.3 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol in place of 4,4′-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-10) was obtained at a yield of 74%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-10) synthesized was 13,400 in terms of polystyrene.
  • Results shown in Table 2 reveal that the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has sufficient alkali solubility, is excellent in tensile elongation of the cured film, and gives a resin film ensuring a good cured relief pattern profile.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 91.8 g (0.833 mol) of resorcin, 109.0 g (0.45 mol) of 4,4′-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl (BMMB), 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • BMMB 4,4′-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours.
  • FIG. 3 shows the NMR spectrum obtained by dissolving P2-1 in a deuterated dimethylsulfoxide solvent and measuring the solution by Model JNM-GSX 400 manufactured by JEOL Ltd.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 85.6 g (0.778 mol) of resorcin, 96.9 g (0.40 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 81.3 g (0.738 mol) of resorcin, 84.8 g (0.35 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours.
  • FIG. 5 shows the NMR spectrum obtained by measuring P2-3 in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 12.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 78.0 g (0.708 mol) of resorcin, 72.7 g (0.30 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours.
  • FIG. 6 shows the NMR spectrum obtained by measuring P2-4 in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 12.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 73.7 g (0.667 mol) of resorcin, 48.5 g (0.20 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 88.3 g (0.700 mol) of pyrogallol, 96.9 g (0.40 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 130 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 115° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 119.7 g (0.738 mol) of phloroglucinol dihydrate, 109.0 g (0.45 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 130 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours.
  • FIG. 8 shows the NMR spectrum obtained by measuring P2-7 in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 12.
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 15 by using 39.6 g (0.200 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-4-ethoxyphenol in place of 33.2 g (0.200 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol of Synthesis Example 15, whereby Resin (P2-8) was obtained at a yield of 82%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P2-8) synthesized was 10,800 in terms of polystyrene.
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 15 by using 47.7 g (0.200 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-4-t-butylphenol in place of 33.2 g (0.200 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol of Synthesis Example 15, whereby Resin (P2-9) was obtained at a yield of 80%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P2-9) synthesized was 10,200 in terms of polystyrene.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 91.8 g (0.833 mol) of resorcin, 82.1 g (0.18 mol) of TML-BPAF-MF (product name of Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours.
  • the resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P2-10) at a yield of 75%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P2-10) thus synthesized was 8,600 in terms of polystyrene.
  • TML-BPAF-MF The structure of TML-BPAF-MF is shown below.
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 12 by using 72.8 g (0.18 mol) of TMOM-BPA (product name of Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) in place of 82.1 g (0.18 mol) of TML-BPAF-MF (product name of Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) of Synthesis Example 21, whereby Resin (P2-11) was obtained at a yield of 73%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P2-11) synthesized was 7,600 in terms of polystyrene.
  • TMOM-BPA The structure of TMOM-BPA is shown below.
  • compositions were prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 22, except that Resin P2-1 was replaced by Resins P2-2 to P2-11 as shown in Table 4. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
  • Example 26 Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 26, except that 5 parts by mass of phthalic acid was further added in Example 26. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
  • Example 26 Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 26, except that 5 parts by mass of pyromellitic acid was further added in Example 26. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
  • Results shown in Table 4 reveal that in Examples 21 to 45, tensile elongation of the cured film is excellent, pattern formation with a thick film is possible, and a resin film ensuring a good cured relief pattern profile is formed.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 81.3 g (0.738 mol) of resorcin, 84.8 g (0.35 mol) of 4,4′-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl (hereinafter, referred to as “BMMB”), 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • BMMB 4,4′-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Resin (P3-1) After the completion of reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 50 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred. The resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P3-1) at a yield of 82%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-1) synthesized was 8,700 in terms of polystyrene.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 91.8 g (0.833 mol) of resorcin, 109.0 g (0.45 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Resin (P3-2) After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 23 was carried out to obtain Resin (P3-2) at a yield of 74%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-2) synthesized was 6,400 in terms of polystyrene.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 85.6 g (0.778 mol) of resorcin, 96.9 g (0.40 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 78.0 g (0.708 mol) of resorcin, 72.7 g (0.30 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Resin (P3-4) After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 23 was carried out to obtain Resin (P3-4) at a yield of 82%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-4) synthesized was 10,200 in terms of polystyrene.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 73.7 g (0.68 mol) of resorcin, 48.5 g (0.20 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Resin (P3-5) After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 1 was carried out to obtain Resin (P3-5) at a yield of 74%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-5) synthesized was 13,900 in terms of polystyrene.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 88.3 g (0.700 mol) of pyrogallol, 96.9 g (0.40 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 115° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 119.7 g (0.738 mol) of phloroglucinol dihydrate, 109.0 g (0.45 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Resin (P3-7) After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 23 was carried out to obtain Resin (P3-7) at a yield of 71%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-7) synthesized was 18,600 in terms of polystyrene.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 82.6 g (0.750 mol) of resorcin, 84.8 g (0.350 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 84.0 g (0.763 mol) of resorcin, 84.8 g (0.350 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 89.5 g (0.813 mol) of resorcin, 84.8 g (0.350 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 31 by using 18.3 g (0.150 mol) of 5-norbornenecarboxyaldehyde in place of 15.0 g (0.150 mol) of 2-methylvaleraldehyde of Synthesis Example 31, whereby Resin (P3-11) was obtained at a yield of 80%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-11) synthesized was 8,800 in terms of polystyrene.
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 31 by using 18.3 g (0.150 mol) of salicylaldehyde in place of 15.0 g (0.150 mol) of 2-methylvaleraldehyde of Synthesis Example 31, whereby Resin (P3-12) was obtained at a yield of 76%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-12) synthesized was 8,600 in terms of polystyrene.
  • Example 66 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 47, except that 4 parts by mass of Thermal Acid Generator (D-1) was further added and the curing temperature was set to 200° C. in Example 47.
  • Example 67 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 47, except that the curing temperature was set to 200° C. in Example 47. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is excellent in tensile elongation of the cured film, enables pattern formation with a thick film, and provides a resin film ensuring a good cured relief pattern profile.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 83.3 g (0.885 mol) of phenol, 48.5 g (0.20 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of diglyme (DMDG) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • DMDG diglyme
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 150° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 150° C. for 3 hours, and then the solution was cooled to 120° C.
  • Resin (P4-1) After the completion of reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and the resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P4-1) at a yield of 64%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P4-1) synthesized was 4,700 in terms of polystyrene.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 114.1 g (0.75 mol) of methyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, 72.7 g (0.30 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of diglyme (DMDG) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • DMDG diglyme
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 150° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 150° C. for 3 hours, and then the solution was cooled to 120° C.
  • Resin (P4-2) After the completion of reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and the resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P4-2) at a yield of 74%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P4-2) synthesized was 6,900 in terms of polystyrene.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 95.8 g (0.870 mol) of resorcin, 84.8 g (0.500 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • FIG. 9 shows the NMR spectrum obtained by dissolving P4-3 in a deuterated dimethylsulfoxide solvent and measuring the solution by Model JNM-GSX 400 manufactured by JEOL Ltd.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 60.6 g (0.550 mol) of resorcin, 84.8 g (0.500 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 59.0 g (0.536 mol) of resorcin, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 40° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 84.1 g (0.667 mol) of pyrogallol, 121.2 g (0.500 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of diglyme (DMDG) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • DMDG diglyme
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 67.3 g (0.533 mol) of pyrogallol, 84.1 g (0.500 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)p-cresol, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Resin (P4-7) After the completion of reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 400 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred. The resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P4-7) at a yield of 83%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P4-7) synthesized was 45,700 in terms of polystyrene.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 114.1 g (0.750 mol) of methyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, 121.2 g (0.500 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of diglyme (DMDG) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • DMDG diglyme
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 150° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 150° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • a 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 91.3 g (0.600 mol) of methyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, 84.1 g (0.500 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of diglyme (DMDG) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • DMDG diglyme
  • the mixed solution dissolved was heated to 130° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 130° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Resin (P4-9) After the completion of reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 300 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred. The resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P4-9) at a yield of 76%.
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P4-9) synthesized was 12,100 in terms of polystyrene.
  • Polymers P-1 to P-12 were prepared using Resins P4-1 to P4-9 obtained in Synthesis Examples 35 to 42, EP-4080G (P4-10), and/or MEH-7851-SS (P4-11) individually or as a resin mixture at the mixing ratio shown in Table 7 and evaluated for the alkali solubility by the above-described method. The results are shown in Table 7 below.
  • Negative-type photosensitive resin compositions were prepared by blending Resins P4-3, P4-4, P4-10 and P4-11, Photoacid Generator (B-2) and Crosslinking Agent (C-1) at the blending ratio shown in Table 8, dissolving these components in 114 parts by mass of GBL, and filtering the solution through a 0.1 ⁇ m filter and evaluated for the cured relief pattern profile and tensile elongation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 8.
  • Positive-type photosensitive resin compositions were prepared by blending Resins P4-3 to P4-11, Photoacid Generator (B-1) and Crosslinking Agent (C-1) at the blending ratio shown in Table 8, dissolving these components in 114 parts by mass of GBL, and filtering the solution through a 0.1 ⁇ m filter and evaluated for the cured relief pattern profile and tensile elongation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 8.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is excellent in tensile elongation of the cured film, enables pattern formation with a thick film, exhibits a high residual film ratio during curing, and gives a resin film ensuring a good cured relief pattern profile.
  • the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be suitably used as a surface protective film of a semiconductor device, a display device and a light-emitting device, an interlayer insulating film, an insulating film for rewiring, a protective film for a flip-chip device, a protective film of a device having a bump structure, an interlayer insulating film of a multilayer circuit, a cover coat of a flexible copper clad laminate, a solder resist film, a liquid crystal alignment film, etc.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
  • Polyoxymethylene Polymers And Polymers With Carbon-To-Carbon Bonds (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a photosensitive resin composition which comprises: (A-1) a resin containing a structure represented by general formula (1); and (B) a photo-acid generating agent. In general formula (1), X, R1 to R7, m1 to m4, n1, n2, Y and W are each as defined in the description.
Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00001

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • The present application is a divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 14/363,557 filed Jun. 6, 2014, which is a U.S. National Stage of International Patent Application No. PCT/JP2012/081691 filed Dec. 6, 2012 which claims priority of Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-057990 filed Mar. 14, 2012, Japanese Patent Application No. 2011-290126 filed Dec. 28, 2011 and Japanese Patent Application No. 2011-270661, filed Dec. 9, 2011. The disclosures of U.S. application Ser. No. 14/363,557 and International Patent Application No. PCT/JP2012/081691 are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
    • TECHNICAL FIELD
  • The present invention relates to a photosensitive resin composition for use in the relief pattern formation, for example, of an insulating material in an electronic component and of a passivation film, a buffer coat film, an interlayer insulating film, etc., in a semiconductor device, a method for producing a cured relief pattern by using the composition, a semiconductor device, and a display device.
    • BACKGROUND ART
  • Conventionally, a polyimide resin or benzoxazole resin excellent in all of heat resistance, electric properties, mechanical properties, etc., is widely used for the surface protective film and interlayer insulating film employed in a semiconductor device. These resins exhibit low solubility in various solvents and therefore, are generally used as a composition after the resin in the form of a precursor prepared by ring-opening the cyclic structure is dissolved in a solvent. Accordingly, a step of ring-closing the precursor is required when using the resin. This ring-closing step is usually carried out by heat curing under heating at 300° C. or more.
  • However, in recent years, a semiconductor device inferior in the heat resistance compared with conventional products is being developed and in turn, lowering the heat curing temperature is required of the material for forming a surface protective film or an interlayer insulating film, as a result, the demand for heat curing at 300° C. or less, or furthermore, heat curing at 250° C. or less is increasing.
  • To meet such a requirement, Patent Document 1 has proposed a photosensitive resin composition excellent in the photosensitive performance, containing, as the base resin, a phenolic hydroxyl group-containing alkali-soluble resin that is widely used as the base resin in the resist field, and furthermore, containing a quinone diazide compound and a curing agent, and it is disclosed that this photosensitive resin composition is heat-cured by heating at a temperature of 100 to 250° C. for 30 minutes to 10 hours.
  • Patent Document 2 also proposes a photosensitive resin composition containing a novolak resin that uses a phenol compound having a benzene nucleus containing two or more hydroxyl groups and has a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 to 20,000, and a photosensitizing agent.
  • In addition, Patent Document 3 has proposed a reactive resin composition using a resin having, in the skeleton, a condensation product of a biphenyl compound with phenols, and using a photopolymerization initiator and/or a photoacid generator, which is a material excellent in electrical properties and usable for forming a liquid crystal alignment-controlling bump and/or a spacer or forming a liquid crystal alignment-controlling bump and a spacer at the same time, and it is disclosed that this reactive resin composition is heat-cured by heating at a temperature of 150 to 400° C. for 10 to 120 minutes.
    • RELATED ART Patent Document
  • Patent Document 1: Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication (Kokai) No. 2003-215789
  • Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent No. 3,839,840
  • Patent Document 3: Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication (Kokai) No. 2008-292677
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Problems to be Solved by the Invention
  • In the case of applying a resin as a surface protective film or an interlayer insulating film to a semiconductor device, elongation is an important film property. However, the film obtained by curing the composition described in Patent Document 1 has a problem of low elongation. Patent Document 2 is also silent on relief pattern formation with a film having a thickness necessary for a semiconductor protective film. In addition, the photosensitive resin composition described in Patent Document 2 has a problem that the elongation of cured film is low, the residual film ratio during heat curing is low and the cured pattern profile is bad.
  • Similarly to Patent Document 1, the film obtained by curing the composition of Patent Document 3 has been found to have a problem of low elongation.
  • Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive resin composition having sufficient alkali solubility, being curable at a temperature of 300° C. or less, ensuring excellent elongation of the cured film, enabling pattern formation with a thick film (about 10 μm), allowing a high residual film ratio during curing, and giving a good cured relief pattern profile, a cured relief pattern forming method of forming a pattern by using the photosensitive resin, and a semiconductor device and a display device each having the cured relief pattern.
    • Means to Solve the Problems
  • As a result of intensive studies and many experiments by taking into account the problems in the conventional techniques, the present inventors have found that the above-described object can be solved by using a photosensitive resin composition comprising a copolymer having specific two kinds of repeating unit structures, or a resin mixture of resins consisting of these specific repeating unit structures; and a photoacid generator, and has accomplished the present invention, i.e., the present invention is as follows.
  • [1]
  • A photosensitive resin composition comprising (A-1) a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (1) and (B) a photoacid generator:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00002
  • {in formula (1), each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group; each m1 is independently an integer of 1 to 3, each m2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2, and 2≦(m1+m2)≦4; each of m3 and m4 is independently an integer of 0 to 4; each of n1 and n2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500, and n1/(n1+n2) is from 0.05 to 0.95 when m1 is 2 or 3, and is from 0.35 to 0.95 when m1 is 1; each R1 is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a nitro group, a cyano group, and a group represented by following formula (5) or (6); when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same as or different from each other; each of R2 to R5 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom; each of R6 and R7 is independently a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group; when m3 is an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R6 may be the same as or different from each other; when m4 is an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R7 may be the same as or different from each other; Y is a divalent organic group represented by following formula (3) or (4); W is a divalent group selected from the group consisting of a single bond, a chain aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a chain aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom, an alkylene oxide group having from 1 to 20 repeating units, and groups represented by following formula (2):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00003
  • and the polymer structure may be a random structure or a block structure};

  • —CR8R9—  (3)
  • (in formula (3), each of R8 and R9 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11, or a group containing a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phenolic hydroxyl group);
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00004
  • {in formula (4), each of R11 to R14 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom; m5 is an integer of 1 to 4; when m5 is 1, R10 is a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or a sulfonic acid group, and when m5 is an integer of 2 to 4, at least one R10 is a hydroxyl group and the remaining R10 are a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a monovalent organic group, a carboxyl group or a sulfonic acid group; and all R10 may be the same or different};
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00005
  • {in formula (5), R15 is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, —NH2, and groups represented by —NH—R19, —N(R19)2 and —O—R19 (wherein R19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18)};
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00006
  • {in formula (6), each of R16 and R17′ is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, and R16 and R17′ may form a ring}.
  • [2]
  • The photosensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein in formula (1), all X are a hydrogen atom.
  • [3]
  • A photosensitive resin composition comprising:
  • (A-2) a resin mixture including a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (7) and a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (8), and
  • (B) a photoacid generator,
  • wherein the weight ratio of the resin containing a structure represented by formula (7): the resin containing a structure represented by formula (8) is from 5:95 to 95:5:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00007
  • {in formulae (7) and (8), each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group; each m1 is independently an integer of 1 to 3, provided that the plurality of m1 are not 1 at the same time, each m2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2, and 2≦(m1+m2)≦4; each of m3 and m4 is independently an integer of 0 to 4; each of n1 and n2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500; each R1 is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a nitro group, a cyano group, and a group represented by following formula (5) or (6); when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same as or different from each other; each of R2 to R5 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom; each of R6 and R7 is independently a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group; when m3 is an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R6 may be the same as or different from each other; when m4 is an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R7 may be the same as or different from each other; Y is a divalent organic group represented by following formula (3) or (4); W is a divalent group selected from the group consisting of a single bond, a chain aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a chain aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom, an alkylene oxide group having from 1 to 20 repeating units, and groups represented by following formula (2):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00008
  • (in formula (3), each of R8 and R9 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11, or a group containing a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phenolic hydroxyl group);
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00009
  • {in formula (4), each of R11 to R14 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom; m5 is an integer of 1 to 4; when m5 is 1, R10 is a hydroxyl group; when n5 is an integer of 2 to 4, at least one R10 is a hydroxyl group and the remaining R10 are a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group; and all of R10 may be the same or different};
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00010
  • {in formula (5), R15 is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, —NH2, and groups represented by —NH—R19, —N(R19)2 and —O—R19 (wherein R19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18)};
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00011
  • {in formula (6), each of R16 and R17′ is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, and R16 and R17′ may form a ring}.
  • [4]
  • The photosensitive resin composition according to [3], wherein in formulae (7) and (8), all X are a hydrogen atom.
  • [5]
  • The photosensitive resin composition according to [3] or [4], wherein the resin containing a structure represented by formula (7) contains a structure represented by following formula (9) and the resin containing a structure represented by formula (8) contains a structure represented by following formula (10):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00012
  • {in formulae (9) and (10), each m2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2, provided that the plurality of m2 are not 0 at the same time; each R1 is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a nitro group, a cyano group, and a group represented by formula (5) or (6); when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same as or different from each other; and R2 to R7, X, Y, W, m3, m4, n1 and n2 are as defined in formulae (7) and (8) above}.
  • [6]
  • The photosensitive resin composition according to [5], wherein in formulae (9) and (10), all X are a hydrogen atom.
  • [7]
  • The photosensitive resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein Y in formula (1) is a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (11) or (12):

  • —CHR8—  (11)
  • (wherein R8 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11);
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00013
  • (in formula (12), R17 is a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, m6 is an integer of 0 to 3, and when m6 is 2 or 3, the plurality of R17 may be the same or different).
  • [8]
  • The photosensitive resin composition according to [3] or [4], wherein Y in formula (8) is a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (11) or (12):

  • —CHR8—  (11)
  • (in formula (11), R8 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11);
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00014
  • (in formula (12), R17 is a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, m6 is an integer of 0 to 3, and when m6 is 2 or 3, the plurality of R17 may be the same or different).
  • [9]
  • The photosensitive resin composition according to [5] or [6], wherein Y in formula (10) is a resin containing a structure represented by formula (11) or (12).
  • [10]
  • The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1], [2] and [7], wherein R1 in formula (1) is at least one member selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, and a group represented by formula (5), W in formula (1) is a single bond, and R15 in formula (5) is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, —NH2, and groups represented by —NH—R19, —N(R19)2 and —O—R19 (wherein R19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18).
  • [11]
  • The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [3], [4] and [8], wherein R1 in formulae (7) and (8) is at least one member selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, and a group represented by formula (5), W in formula (7) is a single bond, and R15 in formula (5) is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, —NH2, and groups represented by —NH—R19, —N(R19)2 and —O—R19 (wherein R19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18).
  • [12]
  • The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1], [2], [7] and [10], wherein resin (A-1) is a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (13):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00015
  • {in formula (13), each m2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2; each of m3 and m4 is independently an integer of 0 to 4; each of n1 and n2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500, and n1/(n1+n2) is from 0.35 to 0.8; each R1 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group; when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same as or different from each other; each of R2 to R5 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom; each of R6 and R7 is independently a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group; when m3 is 2 to 4, the plurality of R6 may be the same as or different from each other; when m4 is an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R7 may be the same as or different from each other; Y is a methylene group or a structure represented by following formula (14); and the polymer structure may be a random structure or a block structure}:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00016
  • [13]
  • The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [3], [4], [8] and [11], wherein the resin mixture (A-2) is a resin mixture including a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (15) and a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (8a) and the weight ratio of the resin containing a structure represented by formula (15): the resin containing a structure represented by formula (8a) is from 35:65 to 80:20:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00017
  • {in formulae (15) and (8a), m1 is from 1 to 3; each m2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2; each of m3 and m4 is independently an integer of 0 to 4; each of n1 and n2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500; each R1 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group; when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same as or different from each other; each R2 to R5 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom; each of R6 and R7 is independently a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group; when m3 is from 2 to 4, the plurality of R6 may be the same as or different from each other; when m4 is an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R7 may be the same as or different from each other; and Y is a methylene group or a structure represented by following formula (16)}:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00018
  • [14]
  • A phenolic resin containing a structure represented by following formula (17):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00019
  • {in formula (17), each of R1 and R17 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group; m1 is an integer of 2 or 3, each of m2 and m6 is independently an integer of 0 to 2, and 2≦m1+m2≦4; each of n1 and n2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500 and satisfies 0.05≦n1/(n1+n2)≦1; when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same or different; and the polymer structure may be a random structure or a block structure}.
  • [15]
  • A phenolic resin containing a structure represented by following formula (18):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00020
  • {in formula (18), each R1 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group; m1 is an integer of 2 or 3, m2 is an integer of 0 to 2, each of n1 and n2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500, and these members satisfy 2≦m1+m2≦4 and 0.35≦n1/(n1+n2)≦0.95; when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same or different; and the polymer structure may be a random structure or a block structure}.
  • [16]
  • A photosensitive resin composition comprising the phenolic resin according to [14] or [15] and (B) a photoacid generator.
  • [17]
  • The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [13] and [16], wherein photoacid generator (B) is a compound having a naphthoquinonediazide structure.
  • [18]
  • A photosensitive resin composition comprising (A-1) a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (19) and (B) a photoacid generator:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00021
  • {in formula (19), each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group; each m1 is independently an integer of 1 to 3, each m2 is independently an integer of 1 to 2, and 2≦(m1+m2)≦4; each of n1 and n2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500, and n1/(n1+n2) is from 0.05 to 1; each R1 is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a nitro group, a cyano group, and a group represented by following formula (5) or (6); when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same as or different from each other; m7 is an integer of 0 to 2; R18 is a hydroxyl group or a methyl group; when m7 is 2, the plurality of R18 may be the same as or different from each other; z is an integer of 0 or 1; Y is a methylene group or a structure represented by following formula (16); and the polymer structure may be a random structure or a block structure};
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00022
  • {in formula (5), R15 is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, —NH2, and groups represented by —NH—R19, —N(R19)2 and —O—R19 (wherein R19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicylcic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18)};
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00023
  • {in formula (6), each of R16 and R17′ is independently a monovalent group selected from a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, and R16 and R17′ may form a ring};
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00024
  • [19]
  • The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [13] and [16] to [18], further comprising (C) a crosslinking agent.
  • [20]
  • The photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [13] and [16] to [19], further comprising (D) a thermal acid generator.
  • [21]
  • A method for producing a cured relief pattern, comprising the following steps:
  • (1) a step of forming, on a substrate, a photosensitive resin layer containing the photosensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [13] and [16] to [20],
  • (2) a step of exposing the photosensitive resin layer to light,
  • (3) a step of removing the exposed area or unexposed area with a developer to obtain a relief pattern, and
  • (4) a step of heat-treating the relief pattern.
  • [22]
  • A cured relief pattern produced by the method according to [21].
  • [23]
  • A semiconductor device comprising a semiconductor element and a cured film provided on the top of the semiconductor element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern according to [22].
  • [24]
  • A display device comprising a display element and a cured film provided on the top of the display element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern according to [22].
  • [25]
  • An alkali-soluble resin composition comprising an alkali-soluble resin and a solvent, wherein a cured film obtained by coating the alkali-soluble resin composition and curing the coated resin composition at 200° C. satisfies all of following a) to c):
  • a) the stress at a film thickness of 7 μm is from 5 to 18 MPa,
  • b) the maximum value of tensile elongation of the film having a film thickness of 10 μm is from 20 to 100%, and
  • c) the glass transition temperature at a film thickness of 10 μm is from 180 to 300° C.
  • [26]
  • A cured product obtained by coating a substrate with a photosensitive resin layer consisting of a positive-type photosensitive resin composition containing a phenolic resin, a photoacid generator and a solvent and subjecting the layer to exposure, development and curing, wherein in a cross-sectional profile consisting of a space moiety of 5 to 100 μm and a land moiety of 1 to 10 mm, the cross-sectional angle defined by an interior angle relative to the base material surface when a tangential line is drawn at a height of half the cured film thickness is from 40 to 90°.
    • Effects of the Invention
  • According to the present invention, a photosensitive resin composition having sufficient alkali solubility, being curable at a temperature of 300° C. or less, ensuring excellent elongation of the cured film, enabling pattern formation with a thick film (about 10 μm), allowing a high residual film ratio during curing, and giving a good cured relief pattern profile, and a semiconductor device and a display device each having a cured relief pattern produced using the photosensitive resin composition, can be provided.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 A 1H NMR spectrum of Resin P1-1 described in Examples.
  • FIG. 2 A 1H NMR spectrum of Resin P1-2 described in Examples.
  • FIG. 3 A 1H NMR spectrum of Resin P2-1 described in Examples.
  • FIG. 4 A 1H NMR spectrum of Resin P2-2 described in Examples.
  • FIG. 5 A 1H NMR spectrum of Resin P2-3 described in Examples.
  • FIG. 6 A 1H NMR spectrum of Resin P2-4 described in Examples.
  • FIG. 7 A 1H NMR spectrum of Resin P2-6 described in Examples.
  • FIG. 8 A 1H NMR spectrum of Resin P2-7 described in Examples.
  • FIG. 9 A 1H NMR spectrum of Resin P4-3 described in Examples.
    •  MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
  • The best mode for carrying out the present invention (hereinafter, simply referred to as “embodiment”) is described in detail below. The present invention is not limited to the following embodiment and can be implemented by making various modifications within the scope of the gist thereof.
    • <Photosensitive Resin Composition>
  • In the embodiment, the photosensitive resin composition comprises (A-1) a resin or (A-2) a resin mixture, (B) a photoacid generator, (C) a crosslinking agent as desired, (D) a thermal acid generator as desired, and other components as desired. Respective components constituting the photosensitive resin composition are described in detail below. Incidentally, throughout the description of the present invention, as to the structure indicated by the same symbol in the formula, when a plurality of the structures are present in a molecule, they may be the same or different.
    • [Resin (A-1)]
  • In the embodiment, resin (A-1) is a resin having a structure represented by following formula (1):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00025
  • {in formula (1), each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group; each m1 is independently an integer of 1 to 3, each m2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2, and 2≦(m1+m2)≦4; each of m3 and m4 is independently an integer of 0 to 4; each of n1 and n2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500, and n1/(n1+n2) is from 0.05 to 0.95 when m1 is 2 or 3, and is from 0.35 to 0.95 when m1 is 1; each R1 is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a nitro group, a cyano group, a group represented by following formula (5), and a group represented by following formula (6); when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same as or different from each other; each of R2 to R5 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom; each of R6 and R7 is independently a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group; when m3 is an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R6 may be the same as or different from each other; when m4 is an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R7 may be the same as or different from each other; Y is a divalent organic group represented by following formula (3) or (4); W is a divalent group selected from the group consisting of a single bond, a chain aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a chain aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom, an alkylene oxide group having from 1 to 20 repeating units, and groups represented by following formula (2):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00026
  • and the polymer structure may be a random structure or a block structure};

  • —CR8R9—  (3)
  • (in formula (3), each of R8 and R9 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11, or a group containing a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phenolic hydroxyl group);
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00027
  • {in formula (4), each of R11 to R14 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom; m5 is an integer of 1 to 4; when m5 is 1, R12 is a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or a sulfonic acid group, and when n5 is an integer of 2 to 4, at least one R12 is a hydroxyl group and the remaining R12 are a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a monovalent organic group, a carboxyl group or a sulfonic acid group; and all R10 may be the same or different);
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00028
  • {in formula (5), R15 is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, —NH2, and groups represented by —NH—R19, —N(R19)2 and —O—R19 (wherein R19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18));
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00029
  • {in formula (6), each of R16 and R17′ is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, and R16 and R17′ may form a ring}.
  • In formula (1), each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group. Among others, in view of sensitivity, X is preferably a hydrogen atom, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, or a tetrahydrofuranyl group, and in view of heat resistance, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • In formula (1), each m1 is independently an integer of 1 to 3. In view of alkali solubility and the profile of cured relief pattern, m1 is preferably 2 or 3, and in view of lithography, m1 is more preferably 2. In order to facilitate interaction of phenolic resin (A-1) with photoacid generator (B), when m1 is 2, the bonding-position relationship between hydroxyl groups in formula (1) is preferably the meta-position.
  • In formula (1), R1 is not limited as long as each R1 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group, a nitro group, a cyano group, a group represented by following formula (5), and/or a group represented by following formula (6).
  • In the case where R1 is a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group, in view of heat resistance, R1 is preferably a hydrocarbon group or alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 5, more preferably a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 3.
  • In the case where R1 is an electron-withdrawing group, such as nitro group, cyano group, a group represented by formula (5), and a group represented by formula (6), the acidity of the phenolic hydroxyl group rises, and the photosensitive resin composition formed gives a coating film excellent in alkali solubility. In the description of the present invention, the electron-withdrawing group indicates an atomic group of which power to attract an electron from a target by a resonance effect or an inductive effect is higher than that of a hydrogen atom. In addition, even when the phenolic resin is increased in the molecular weight, alkali solubility necessary for development is maintained, and increasing the molecular weight is advantageous in terms of increasing the elongation of a cured film.
  • In addition, when the phenolic resin has an electron-withdrawing group as R1, a cured relief pattern profile is improved. Although not wishing to be bound by a mechanism, this is presumed to be caused because R1 is a group having polarity and exhibits a strong interaction with the phenolic hydroxyl group in the resin. The softening point of the resin rises due to the interaction, so that when the relief pattern after development is heated to form a cured relief pattern, the pattern profile can be kept in a good state without losing the shape of relief pattern.
  • In the case where m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same as or different from each other.
  • When m1 is 1, m2 is preferably from 1 to 2, and R1 is preferably an electron-withdrawing group.
  • Among the groups described above, in view of less production of a by-product during the polymer synthesis, R1 is more preferably a monovalent group represented by following formula (5):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00030
  • {in formula (5), R15 is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, —NH2, and groups represented by —NH—R19, —N(R19)2 and —O—R19 (wherein R19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18)}.
  • Furthermore, from the standpoint that the alkali solubility is easily controlled, R15 is more preferably a group represented by —O—R19.
  • In formula (1), R2 to R5 are not limited as long as each is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom. Among others, in view of sensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition formed, each of R2 to R5 is independently, preferably a hydrogen atom or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 3, and in view of heat resistance, it is more preferred that all of R2 to R5 are a hydrogen atom.
  • In formula (1), each of R6 and R7 is independently a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group. Among others, in view of heat resistance, each of R6 and R7 is preferably a hydroxyl group or an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 3.
  • In formula (1), each of m3 and m4 is independently an integer of 0 to 4. In view of heat resistance, it is preferable that m3 and m4 are 0.
  • W in formula (1) is described below.
  • W is a divalent group selected from the group consisting of a single bond, a chain aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a chain aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom, an alkylene oxide group having from 1 to 20 repeating units, and groups represented by following formula (2):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00031
  • In view of heat resistance of the resin, W is preferably a single bond or a divalent group represented by formula (2), more preferably a single bond.
  • In formula (1), Y is not limited as long as it is a structure represented by formula (3) or (4).
  • In formula (3), R8 and R9 are not limited as long as they are a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11, and in view of heat resistance of the cured film, they are preferably a group selected from a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 3, a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11 and containing a polymerizable group, such as double bond, and a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11 and containing a polar group, such as hydroxyl group or carboxyl group.
  • Furthermore, in view of sensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition formed, R8 and R9 are more preferably a group selected from a hydrogen atom and a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 3.
  • In formula (4), each of R11 to R14 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • In view of heat resistance, R11 to R14 are preferably a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 3, or a hydrogen atom, and in view of sensitivity of the photosensitive resin composition formed, they are more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • In formula (4), m5 is an integer of 1 to 4, and when m5 is 1, R12 is not limited as long as it is a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or a sulfonic acid group.
  • When m5 is an integer of 2 to 4, at least one R12 is a hydroxyl group and the remaining R12 are a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a monovalent organic group, a carboxyl group or a sulfonic acid group. All of R10 may be the same or different.
  • Among others, in view of heat resistance, the divalent organic group represented by formula (4) preferably has a structure represented by following formula (20), and in view of sensitivity, and more preferably has a structure represented by following formula (12):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00032
  • (in formulae (20) and (12), R17 is a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10; m6 is an integer of 0 to 3, and when m6 is 2 or 3, the plurality of R17 may be the same or different; and m7 is an integer of 1 to 3; provided that m6 and m7 satisfy 1≦(m6+m7)≦4).
  • Each of n1 and n2 in formula (1) indicates the total number of repeating units in the polymer main chain and is an integer of 1 to 500. In view of toughness of the film cured, n1 and n2 are preferably 1 or more, and in view of solubility in an aqueous alkali solution, are preferably 500 or less. The lower limit of n1 and n2 is preferably 2, more preferably 3, and the upper limit of n1 and n2 is preferably 450, more preferably 400, still more preferably 350.
  • By adjusting the ratio between n1 and n2, a photosensitive resin composition having more preferable film properties and more improved alkali solubility can be prepared. As the value of n1/(n1+n2) is larger, the film properties after curing are better and the heat resistance is more excellent, whereas as the value of n1/(n1+n2) is smaller, the alkali solubility is more improved and the pattern profile after curing is more excellent. Although not wishing to be bound by a mechanism, these results are presumed to occur because as the value of n1/(n1+n2) in formula (1) is larger, the average distance between crosslinking points of the phenolic resin as a heat-curable resin is longer. Accordingly, when m1 is 2 or 3, the value of n1/(n1+n2) is preferably n1/(n1+n2)=0.05 to 0.95 in view of film properties after curing, more preferably n1/(n1+n2)=0.35 to 0.9 in view of film properties after curing and alkali solubility, still more preferably n1/(n1+n2)=0.4 to 0.8 in view of film properties after curing, pattern profile and alkali solubility. Although not wishing to be bound by a mechanism, it is believed that by forming the resin as a copolymer, the amount of a low molecular weight component having a novolak structure probably greatly contributing to weight loss during heat curing is reduced, and the residual film ratio during heat curing is increased.
  • In addition, when m1 is 1, n1/(n1+n2) is from 0.35 to 0.9. Among others, in view of film properties after curing, pattern profile and alkali solubility, n1/(n1+n2) is preferably from 0.4 to 0.8. In addition, when m1 is 1, in view of pattern profile and alkali solubility, it is preferable that m2 is 1 or 2 and R1 is an electron-withdrawing group.
  • The structure of resin (A-1) may be a block structure or a random structure, and is preferably a block structure in light of adhesiveness to a substrate.
  • Among others, in view of elongation and heat resistance, the structure of resin (A-1) is preferably a structure represented by following formula (13):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00033
  • {in formula (13), each m2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2; each of m3 and m4 is independently an integer of 0 to 4; each of n1 and n2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500, and n1/(n1+n2) is from 0.35 to 0.8; each R1 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group; when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same as or different from each other; each of R2 to R5 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom; each of R6 and R7 is independently a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group; when m3 is from 2 to 4, the plurality of R6 may be the same as or different from each other; when m4 is an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R7 may be the same as or different from each other; Y is a methylene group or a structure represented by following formula (14); and the polymer structure may be a random structure or a block structure};
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00034
    • [Resin Mixture (A-2)]
  • In the embodiment, resin mixture (A-2) is a resin mixture including a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (7) and a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (8):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00035
  • {in formulae (7) and (8), each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group; each m1 is independently an integer of 1 to 3, provided that the plurality of m1 are not 1 at the same time, each m2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2, and 2≦(m1+m2)≦4; each of m3 and m4 is independently an integer of 0 to 4; each of n1 and n2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500; each R1 is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a nitro group, a cyano group, and a group represented by following formula (5) or (6); when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same as or different from each other; each of R2 to R5 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom; each of R6 and R7 is independently a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group; when m3 is an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R6 may be the same as or different from each other; when m4 is an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R7 may be the same as or different from each other; Y is a divalent organic group represented by following formula (3) or (4); W is a divalent group selected from the group consisting of a single bond, a chain aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a chain aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, in which some, hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom, an alkylene oxide group having from 1 to 20 repeating units, and groups represented by following formula (2):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00036
  • (wherein each of R8 and R9 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11, or a group containing a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phenolic hydroxyl group);
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00037
  • {in formula (4), each of R11 to R14 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom; m5 is an integer of 1 to 4; when m5 is 1, R10 is a hydroxyl group; when n5 is an integer of 2 to 4, at least one R10 is a hydroxyl group and the remaining R10 are a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group; and all R10 may be the same or different};
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00038
  • {in formula (5), R15 is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, —NH2, and groups represented by —NH—R19, —N(R19)2 and —O—R19 (wherein R19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18)};
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00039
  • {in formula (6), each of R16 and R17′ is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, and R16 and R17′ may form a ring}.
  • In formulae (7) and (8), each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group. Among others, in view of sensitivity, X is preferably a hydrogen atom, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group or a tetrahydrofuranyl group, and in view of heat resistance, and is more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • In formulae (7) and (8), each m1 is independently an integer of 1 to 3, provided that the plurality of m1 are not 1 at the same time. In view of alkali solubility and profile of the relief pattern cured, m1 is preferably 2 or 3, and in view of lithography, m1 is more preferably 2. In order to facilitate interaction of the phenolic resin with photoacid generator (B), when m1 is 2, the bonding-position relationship between hydroxyl groups in formula (1) is preferably the meta-position.
  • Preferable ranges or embodiments of m2 to m4, R1 to R5 and W in formulae (7) and (8) are the same as in formula (1).
  • In resin mixture (A-2), the weight ratio between the resin containing a structure represented by formula (7) and the resin containing a structure represented by formula (8) is preferably from 5:95 to 95:5, more preferably from 35:65 to 90:10 in light of film properties after curing and alkali solubility, still more preferably from 40:60 to 80:20 in light of film properties after curing, pattern profile and alkali solubility.
  • In view of heat resistance and lithography performance, the resin mixture containing structures represented by formulae (7) and (8) is preferably a resin mixture containing structures represented by following formula (15) and following formula (8a):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00040
  • {in formulae (15) and (8a), m1 is from 1 to 3; each m2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2; each of m3 and m4 is independently an integer of 0 to 4; each of n1 and n2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500; each R1 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group; when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same as or different from each other; each R2 to R5 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom; each of R6 and R7 is independently a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group; when m3 is from 2 to 4, the plurality of R6 may be the same as or different from each other; when m4 is an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R7 may be the same as or different from each other; Y is a methylene group or a structure represented by following formula (16); and the weight ratio of the resins containing structures represented by formulae (15) and (8a) is from 35:65 to 80:20}:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00041
  • In the embodiment, resin mixture (A-2) is a resin mixture including a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (9) and a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (10):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00042
  • {in formulae (9) and (10), each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group; each m2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2, provided that the plurality of m2 are not 0 at the same time; each of n1 and n2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500; each R1 is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a nitro group, a cyano group, a group represented by formula (5), and a group represented by formula (6); when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same as or different from each other; each of R2 to R5 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom; each of R6 and R7 is independently a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group; when m3 is an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R6 may be the same as or different from each other; when m4 is an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R7 may be the same as or different from each other; Y is a divalent organic group represented by formula (3) or (4); W is a divalent group selected from the group consisting of a single bond, a chain aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a chain aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom, an alkylene oxide group having from 1 to 20 repeating units, and groups represented by following formula (2):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00043
  • and the weight ratio between the resin containing the structure represented by formula (9) and the resin containing the structure represented by formula (10) is from 5:95 to 95:5}.
  • In formulae (9) and (10), each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group. In view of sensitivity, X is preferably a hydrogen atom, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, or a tetrahydrofuranyl group, and in view of heat resistance, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • In formulae (9) and (10), the value of m2 is preferably 1 in light of reactivity during the polymer synthesis.
  • Preferable ranges or embodiments of m3, m4, R1 to R7, W and Y in formula (9) and (10) are the same as in formula (1).
  • The weight ratio between the resin containing a structure represented by formula (9) and the resin containing a structure represented by formula (10) is from 5:95 to 95:5, preferably from 35:65 to 90:10 in light of film properties after curing and alkali solubility, more preferably from 40:60 to 80:20 in light of film properties after curing, pattern profile and alkali solubility.
  • The resin containing a structure represented by formula (1), (7), (8), (9), (10), (13) or (15) is not limited as long as it has the structure represented by the formula above in the resin structure. The structure of the resin may be a phenolic resin structure alone or a copolymer with a resin, such as alkali-soluble polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole precursor, polyhydroxystyrene, etc. In view of transparency of the resin, the structure is preferably a phenolic resin alone.
  • In the embodiment of the present invention, the resin containing a structure represented by following formula (17) or (18) can be also provided by itself or in the form of a photosensitive resin composition:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00044
  • {in formula (17), each of R1 and R17 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group; m1 is an integer of 2 or 3; each of m2 and m6 is independently an integer of 0 to 2, and 2≦m1+m2≦4; each of n1 and n2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500 and satisfies 0.05≦n1/(n1+n2)≦1; when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same or different; and the polymer structure may be a random structure or a block structure};
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00045
  • {in formula (18), each R1 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group; m1 is an integer of 2 or 3, m2 is an integer of 0 to 2, each of n1 and n2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500, and m1, m2, n1 and n2 satisfy 2≦m1+m2≦4 and 0.35≦n1/(n1+n2)≦0.95; when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same or different; and the polymer structure may be a random structure or a block structure}.
  • In formula (17), m1 is not limited as long as it is an integer of 2 or 3. Among others, in view of lithography performance, m1 is preferably 2.
  • In formula (17), R1 and R17 are not limited as long as each is independently a group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group. In view of heat resistance, each is preferably a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 3.
  • In formula (17), m2 and m6 are not limited as long as each is independently an integer of 0 to 2. Among others, in view of heat resistance, m2 is preferably 0, and m6 is preferably 0 or 1.
  • In formula (17), n1 and n2 are not limited as long as each is independently an integer of 1 to 500 and satisfies 0.05≦n1/(n1+n2)≦1. In view of light of film properties, 0.35≦n1/(n1+n2)≦0.9 is preferable after curing and alkali solubility, and 0.4≦n1/(n1+n2)≦0.8 is more preferred in light of film properties after curing, pattern profile and alkali solubility.
  • In a case of 0.9<n1/(n1+n2)≦1, m2 is preferably 1, and R1 is preferably an electron-withdrawing group.
  • In formula (18), m1 is not limited as long as it is an integer of 2 or 3. In view of lithography performance, m1 is preferably 2.
  • In formula (18), R1 is not limited as long as each of R1 is independently a group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group. Among others, in view of heat resistance, each of R1 is preferably a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 3.
  • In formula (17), the value of m2 is not limited as long as it is an integer of 0 to 2. In view of heat resistance, m2 is preferably 0.
  • In formula (18), n1 and n2 are not limited as long as each is independently an integer of 1 to 500 and satisfies 0.35≦n1/(n1+n2)≦0.95. In view of light of film properties, 0.4≦n1/(n1+n2)≦0.8 is preferred after curing, pattern profile and alkali solubility.
  • In the embodiment, a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (19) may also be used as resin (A-1):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00046
  • {in formula (19), each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group; each m1 is independently an integer of 1 to 3, each m2 is independently an integer of 1 to 2, and 2≦(m1+m2)≦4; each of n1 and n2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500, and n1/(n1+n2) is from 0.05 to 1; each R1 is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a nitro group, a cyano group, a group represented by formula (5), and a group represented by formula (6); when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same as or different from each other; m7 is an integer of 0 to 2; R18 is a hydroxyl group or a methyl group; when m7=2, the plurality of R18 may be the same as or different from each other; z is an integer of 0 or 1; Y is a methylene group or a structure represented by formula (16); and the polymer structure may be a random structure or a block structure).
  • In view of sensitivity, X is preferably a hydrogen atom, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, or a tetrahydropyranyl group, and in view of heat resistance, is more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R1 is not limited as long as it is a monovalent group selected from a nitro group, a cyano group, a group represented by formula (5), and a group represented by formula (6). From the standpoint that little by-product is produced during the polymer synthesis, R1 is preferably a monovalent group represented by formula (5).
  • Furthermore, from the standpoint that the alkali solubility is easily controlled, R15 is more preferably a group represented by —O—R19.
  • m1 is not limited as long as it is an integer of 1 to 3. Among others, in view of alkali solubility and cured relief pattern profile, in particular, in view of lithography, m1 is preferably 2 or 3.
  • m2 is not limited as long as it is an integer of 1 to 2. Among others, in view of reactivity in the polymer synthesis, m2 is preferably 1.
  • z is not limited as long as it is an integer of 0 or 1. In view of elongation, z is preferably 1.
  • Typically, the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) can be synthesized by polymerization reaction of a phenolic compound and a polymerization component. Specifically, the polymerization component includes a component containing one or more kinds of compounds selected from the group consisting of a compound having two methylol groups in the molecule, a compound having two alkoxymethyl groups in the molecule, a compound having two haloalkyl groups in the molecule, and a compound having an aldehyde group. More typically, the polymerization component is preferably a component consisting of at least one compound thereof. For example, a phenolic compound is subjected to a polymerization reaction with one or more kinds of compounds selected from the group consisting of a compound having two methylol groups in the molecule, a compound having two alkoxymethyl groups in the molecule, a compound having two haloalkyl groups in the molecule, and a compound having an aldehyde group, whereby phenolic resin (A-1) can be obtained. In view of reaction control and stability of phenolic resin (A-1) and photosensitive resin composition obtained, the molar ratio between the phenolic compound charged and the polymerization component charged is preferably from 5:1 to 1.01:1, more preferably from 2.5:1 to 1.1:1.
  • In the embodiment, the phenolic compound used for the synthesis of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) is described. The phenolic compound includes monohydric to trihydric phenols and is preferably a dihydric phenol or a trihydric phenol.
  • In the description of the present invention, the monohydric phenol indicates a compound in which one hydroxyl group is bonded directly to a benzene ring. Specifically, the monohydric phenol includes, for example, phenol and a phenol in which a hydrogen atom on an aromatic ring is substituted with an alkyl or alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, and in view of thermal expansion coefficient after curing, phenol or cresol is preferred.
  • In the description of the present invention, the dihydric phenol indicates a compound in which two hydroxyl groups are bonded directed to a benzene ring. Specifically, the dihydric phenol includes, for example, resorcin, hydroquinone, catechol, etc. One of these dihydric phenols may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination. In view of alkali solubility and interaction with diazonaphthoquinone, resorcin is preferred.
  • Furthermore, the dihydric phenol may be a compound in which a hydrogen atom on an aromatic ring is substituted for by an alkyl or alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, and in view of thermal expansion coefficient after curing, an unsubstituted dihydric phenol is preferred.
  • In the description of the present invention, the trihydric phenol indicates a compound in which three hydroxyl groups are bonded directly to a benzene ring. Specifically, the trihydric phenol includes, for example, pyrogallol, phloroglucinol, 1,2,4-trihydroxybenzene, etc. One of these trihydric phenols may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination. In view of lithography performance, pyrogallol is preferred.
  • Furthermore, the trihydric phenol may be a compound in which a hydrogen atom on an aromatic ring is substituted with an alkyl or alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, and in view of thermal expansion coefficient after curing, an unsubstituted trihydric phenol is preferable.
  • In the case where R1 in formula (1) is an electron-withdrawing group, the electron-withdrawing group is not limited as long as it is a nitro group, a cyano group, or a structure represented by following formula (5) or (6):
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00047
  • {in formula (5), R15 is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, —NH2, and groups represented by —NH—R19, —N(R19)2 and —O—R19 (wherein R19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18)};
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00048
  • {in formula (6), each of R16 and R17′ is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, and R16 and R17′ may form a ring}.
  • Among others, from the standpoint that a by-product is little produced during the polymer synthesis, R15 is preferably a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, —NH2, and groups represented by —NH—R19, —N(R19)2 and —O—R19, wherein R19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18.
  • From the standpoint that the alkali solubility is also easily controlled, R15 is more preferably a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of groups represented by —O—R19, wherein R19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18.
  • The phenolic compound used for the synthesis of the above-described phenolic resin includes the following.
  • When R1 is a nitro group, the phenolic compound includes 2-nitrophenol, 3-nitrophenol, 4-nitrophenol, 4-nitrocatechol, 2-nitroresorcinol, etc.
  • When R1 is a cyano group the phenolic compound includes 2-cyanophenol, 3-cyanophenol, 4-cyanophenol, 4-cyanocatechol, etc.
  • In the case where R1 is represented by formula (5), specific examples of the phenolic compound in which the number m1 of phenolic hydroxyl groups is 1 include 2-hydroxybenzoic acid, 3-hydroxybenzoic acid, 4-hydroxybenzoic acid, 3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoic acid, 3-hydroxy-4-methylbenzoic acid, 4-hydroxy-2-methylbenzoic acid, 4-hydroxy-3-methylbenzoic acid, 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylbenzoic acid, 4-hydroxyisophthalic acid, 5-hydroxyisophthalic acid, methyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, methyl 3-hydroxybenzoate, methyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, methyl 2-hydroxy-4-methylbenzoate, methyl 2-hydroxy-5-methylbenzoate, ethyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, ethyl 3-hydroxybenzoate, ethyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, ethyl 2-hydroxy-6-methylbenzoate, propyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, isopropyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, propyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, isopropyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, butyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, isobutyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, butyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, sec-butyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, isobutyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, isoamyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, amyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, isoamyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, hexyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, heptyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, 2-ethylhexyl salicylate, 2-ethylhexyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, nonyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, dodecyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexyl salicylate, benzyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, benzyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, 2-hydroxybenzamide, 4-hydroxybenzamide, 2-hydroxyacetophenone, 4-hydroxyacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-5-methylacetophenone, 4-hydroxy-3-methylacetophenone, 2-hydroxypropiophenone, 4-hydroxypropiophenone, 2-hydroxybenzophenone, 4-hydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-5-methylbenzophenone, etc.
  • In the case where R1 is represented by formula (5), specific examples of the phenolic compound in which the number m1 of phenolic hydroxyl groups is 2 include 2,3-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 2,4-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 2,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 2,6-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 3,4-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 3,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 2,6-dihydroxy-4-methylbenzoic acid, 2,5-dihydroxyterephthalic acid, methyl 2,3-dihydroxybenzoate, methyl 2,4-dihydroxybenzoate, methyl 2,5-dihydroxybenzoate, methyl 2,6-dihydroxybenzoate, methyl 3,4-dihydroxybenzoate, methyl 3,5-dihydroxybenzoate, ethyl 3,4-dihydroxybenzoate, ethyl 2,4-dihydroxy-6-methylbenzoate, 2,4-dihydroxybenzamide, 3,5-dihydroxybenzamide, 2,4-dihydroxyacetophenone, 2,5-dihydroxyacetophenone, 2,6-dihydroxyacetophenone, 3,4-dihydroxyacetophenone, 3,5-dihydroxyacetophenone, 2,4-dihydroxypropiophenone, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 3,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, etc.
  • In the case where R1 is represented by formula (5), specific examples of the phenolic compound in which the number m1 of phenolic hydroxyl groups is 3 include 2,3,4-trihydroxybenzoic acid, 2,4,6-trihydroxybenzoic acid, gallic acid (3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoic acid), methyl gallate, ethyl gallate, propyl gallate, butyl gallate, isoamyl gallate, octyl gallate, dodecyl gallate, 2,3,4-trihydroxyacetophenone, 2,4,6-trihydroxyacetophenone, 2,3,4-trihydroxybenzophenone, etc.
  • In the case where R1 is represented by formula (6), specific examples of the phenolic compound include N-(hydroxyphenyl)-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxyimide, N-(hydroxyphenyl)-5-methyl-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxyimide, N-(dihydroxyphenyl)-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxyimide, N-(dihydroxyphenyl)-5-methyl-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxyimide, etc.
  • In the case where R1 is an electron-withdrawing group, m2 in formula (1) is an integer of 1 to 3, and in view of reactivity in the polymer synthesis, is preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1.
  • The polymerization component used for the synthesis of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) is described below.
  • The compound having two methylol groups in the molecule includes, for example, bis(hydroxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(hydroxymethyl)benzophenone, hydroxymethylphenyl hydroxymethylbenzoate, bis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, etc. In view of reactivity and mechanical properties of phenolic resin (A-1) obtained, a compound having a biphenyldiyl skeleton is preferred, and 4,4′-bis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl is more preferred.
  • The compound having two alkoxymethyl groups in the molecule includes, for example, bis(methoxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(methoxymethyl)benzophenone, methoxymethylphenyl methoxymethylbenzoate, bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, etc. The carbon number of the alkoxy moiety in the alkoxymethyl group is, in view of reaction activity, preferably from 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 1.
  • The compound having two haloalkyl groups in the molecule includes, for example, bischloromethylbiphenyl, etc.
  • Specific examples of the compound having an aldehyde group include formaldehyde, paraformaldehyde, acetaldehyde, propionaldehyde, cyclopropanecarboxyaldehyde, pivalaldehyde, butylaldehyde, isobutylaldehyde, pentanal, 2-methylbutylaldehyde, isovaleraldehyde, hexanal, methylvaleraldehyde, 2-methylvaleraldehyde, 2-ethylbutylaldehyde, 3,3-dimethylbutylaldehyde, cyclohexylaldehyde, heptanal, octanal, 2-ethylhexylaldehyde, nonanal, 3,5,5-trimethylhexanaldehyde, decanal, undecanal, dodecanal, acrolein, crotonaldehyde, 3-methyl-2-butenal, tiglinaldehyde, 3-cyclohexene-1-carboxyaldehyde, 2-nonenal, 10-undecenal, 5-norbornenecarboxyaldehyde, perillaldehyde, citral, citronellal, benzaldehyde, ortho-tolualdehyde, meta-tolualdehyde, para-tolualdehyde, phenylacetaldehyde, diphenylacetaldehyde, naphthaldehyde, cinnamaldehyde glycolaldehyde, lactaldehyde, salicylaldehyde, 5-methylsalicylaldehyde, 3-hydroxybenzaldehyde, 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde, 4-hydroxy-3, 5-dimethylbenzaldehyde, 2,3-dihydroxybenzaldehyde, 2,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde, 2,5-dihydroxybenzaldehyde, 3,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde, 2,3,4-trihydroxybenzaldehyde, 2,4,5-trihydroxybenzaldehyde, 2,4,6-trihydroxybenzaldehyde, 3,4,5-trihydroxybenzaldehyde, vanillin, ethylvanillin, ortho-anisaldehyde, meta-anisaldehyde, para-anisaldehyde, furfural, hydroxymethylfurfural, glyoxylic acid, succinmonoaldehyde, traumatin, etc.
  • In view of heat resistance and synthesis control, the compound is preferably formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, propionaldehyde, pivalaldehyde, butylaldehyde, isobutylaldehyde, 5-norbornene-2-carboxyaldehyde, perillaldehyde, salicylaldehyde, 5-methylsalicylaldehyde, 3-hydroxybenzaldehyde, 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde, or 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylbenzaldehyde.
  • In view of photosensitivity during pattern formation, the compound is more preferably formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, propionaldehyde, pivalaldehyde, butylaldehyde, or isobutylaldehyde.
  • A typical synthesis method of the resin constituting phenolic resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) is described in detail below. The above-described phenolic compound and the above-described polymerization component are heated and stirred in the presence of an appropriate polymerization catalyst, whereby the resin constituting phenolic resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) can be obtained. The polymerization catalyst is not particularly limited but includes, for example, an acidic catalyst, an alkaline catalyst, etc., with an acidic catalyst being preferred. The acidic catalyst includes, for example, an inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphonic acid, etc.; an organic acid, such as methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, etc.; a Lewis acid, such as boron trifluoride, anhydrous aluminum chloride, zinc chloride, etc.; and diethyl sulfate. The amount of the acidic catalyst used is preferably from 0.01 to 100 mol % based on the molar number of methylol compound, alkoxymethyl compound or haloalkyl compound. The alkaline catalyst includes, for example, lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, barium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, triethylamine, pyridine, 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine, piperidine, piperazine, 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene, 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene, ammonia, hexamethylenetetramine, etc. The amount of the alkaline catalyst used is preferably from 0.01 to 100 mol % based on the molar number of methylol compound, alkoxymethyl compound or haloalkyl compound.
  • If necessary, an organic solvent can be used, when carrying out the synthesis reaction of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2). Specific examples of the organic solvent which can be used include, although are not particularly limited to, bis(2-methoxyethyl)ether, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, toluene, xylene, γ-butyrolactone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, etc. The amount of the organic solvent used is usually from 10 to 1,000 parts by mass, preferably from 20 to 500 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass as the total mass of raw materials charged. In addition, in the synthesis reaction of phenolic resin (A-1), the reaction temperature is usually from 20 to 250° C., preferably from 40 to 200° C., and the reaction time is usually from 1 to 20 hours.
  • The weight average molecular weight of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) is preferably from 2,000 to 200,000, more preferably from 3,000 to 120,000, still more preferably from 4,000 to 50,000. The weight average molecular weight is preferably 2,000 or more in light of elongation and is preferably 200,000 or less in light of alkali solubility.
  • The weight average molecular weight is a value obtained in terms of standard polystyrene by using gel permeation chromatography (hereinafter, referred to as “GPC”).
  • As the method of substituting some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms of the phenolic hydroxyl group of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) with a protective group for the phenolic hydroxyl group, conventionally known methods may be used (see T. W. Greene, “Productive Groups in Organic Synthesis”, John Wiley & Sons (1981)).
  • Resin (A-1) in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms of the hydroxyl group in the phenolic resin obtained above are substituted with the protective group is used in combination with the later-described photoacid generator (B), and the protective group is desorbed due to an acid generated in the exposed area to increase the solubility in an alkali solution, whereby a relief pattern can be formed.
  • The photosensitive resin composition may also further contain resins soluble in an aqueous alkali solution, other than the resin constituting resin (A-1) and resin mixture (A-2), as long as they do not adversely affect the effects of the present invention. The other resin soluble in an aqueous alkali solution specifically includes, for example, a novolak resin, a polyhydroxystyrene-based resin, polyamide, polyimide, and derivatives, precursors and copolymers of these resins.
  • Incidentally, in the case where the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) is used by mixing it with the other resin soluble in an aqueous alkali solution, the content of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) in the mixed resin composition is, in view of elongation, preferably 50 mass % or more, more preferably 60 mass % or more.
    • [Photoacid Generator (B)]
  • In the embodiment, the photosensitive resin composition is not particularly limited as long as it is a composition capable of forming a resin pattern in response to an actinic ray (radiation) typified by ultraviolet ray, electron beam, X-ray, etc., and the composition may be a photosensitive resin composition of either a negative type (the non-irradiated area is dissolved out by development) or a positive type (the irradiated area is dissolved out by development).
  • In the case of using the photosensitive resin composition as a negative-type composition, the photoacid generator (B) is a compound capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with radiation, and the acid generated causes a crosslinking reaction between the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) and other components, so that the crosslinking product can be insoluble in a developer. The compound includes, for example, the following compounds:
  • (i) Trichloromethyl-s-triazines
  • tris(2,4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-phenyl-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(3-chlorophenyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(3-methoxyphenyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(2-methoxyphenyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methylthiophenyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(3-methylthiophenyl)bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(2-methylthiophenyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methoxynaphthyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(3-methoxynaphthyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(2-methoxynaphthyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(3,4,5-trimethoxy-β-styryl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methylthio-(3-styryl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(3-methylthio-β-styryl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(2-methylthio-β-styryl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, etc.;
    • (ii) Diaryliodonium Salts
  • diphenyliodonium tetrafluoroborate, diphenyliodonium tetrafluorophosphate, diphenyliodonium tetrafluoroarsenate, diphenyliodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, diphenyliodonium trifluoroacetate, diphenyliodonium p-toluenesulfonate, 4-methoxyphenylphenyliodonium tetrafluoroborate, 4-methoxyphenylphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphonate, 4-methoxyphenylphenyliodonium hexafluoroarsenate, 4-methoxyphenylphenyliodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 4-methoxyphenylphenyliodonium trifluoroacetate, 4-methoxyphenylphenyliodonium p-toluenesulfonate, bis(4-ter-butylphenyl)iodonium tetrafluoroborate, bis(4-ter-butylphenyl)iodonium hexafluoroarsenate, bis(4-ter-butylphenyl)iodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, bis(4-ter-butylphenyl)iodonium trifluoroacetate, bis(4-ter-butylphenyl)iodonium p-toluenesulfonate, etc.; and
  • (iii) Triarylsulfonium Salts
  • triphenylsulfonium tetrafluoroborate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphonate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluoroarsenate, triphenylsulfonium methanesulfonate, triphenylsulfonium trifluoroacetate, triphenylsulfonium p-toluenesulfonate, 4-methoxyphenyldiphenylsulfonium tetrafluoroborate, 4-methoxyphenyldiphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphonate, 4-methoxyphenyldiphenylsulfonium hexafluoroarsenate, 4-methoxyphenyldiphenylsulfonium methanesulfonate, 4-methoxyphenyldiphenylsulfonium trifluoroacetate, 4-methoxyphenyldiphenylsulfonium p-toluenesulfonate, 4-phenylthiophenyldiphenyl tetrafluoroborate, 4-phenylthiophenyldiphenyl hexafluorophosphonate, 4-phenylthiophenyldiphenyl hexafluoroarsenate, 4-phenylthiophenyldiphenyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, 4-phenylthiophenyldiphenyl trifluoroacetate, 4-phenylthiophenyldiphenyl-p-toluenesulfonate, etc.
  • Among the compounds of (i) to (iii), preferable trichloromethyl-s-triazines are 2-(3-chlorophenyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methylthiophenyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methoxy-β-styryl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methoxynaphthyl)-bis(4,6-trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, etc.; preferable diaryliodonium salts are diphenyliodonium trifluoroacetate, diphenyliodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 4-methoxyphenylphenyliodonium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 4-methoxyphenylphenyliodonium trifluoroacetate, etc.; and preferable triarylsulfonium salts are triphenylsulfonium methanesulfonate, triphenylsulfonium trifluoroacetate, 4-methoxyphenyldiphenylsulfonium methanesulfonate, 4-methoxyphenyldiphenylsulfonium trifluoroacetate, 4-phenylthiophenyldiphenyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, 4-phenylthiophenyldiphenyl trifluoroacetate, etc.
  • Other than the compounds of (i) to (iii), the following compounds may also be used as photoacid generator (B):
    • (1) Diazo Ketone Compound
  • The diazo ketone compound includes, for example, a 1,3-diketo-2-diazo compound, a diazobenzoquinone compound, a diazonaphthoquinone compound, etc., and specific examples thereof include 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonate compounds of phenols.
    • (2) Sulfone Compound
  • The sulfone compound includes, for example, a β-ketosulf one compound, a β-sulfonylsulfone compound, and an α-diazo compound thereof. Specific examples thereof include 4-trisphenacylsulfone, mesitylphenacylsulfone, bis(phenacylsulfonyl)methane, etc.
    • (3) Sulfonic Acid Compound
  • The sulfonic acid compound includes, for example, alkylsulfonic acid esters, haloalkylsulfonic acid esters, arylsulfonic acid esters, iminosulfonates, etc. Specific preferable examples of the sulfonic acid compound include benzoin tosylate, pyrogallol tristrifluoromethanesulfonate, o-nitrobenzyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, o-nitrobenzyl p-toluenesulfonate, etc.
    • (4) Sulfonimide Compound
  • The sulfonimide compound includes, for example, N-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)succinimide, N-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)phthalimide, N-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)diphenylmaleimide, N-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboximide, N-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)naphthylimide, etc.
    • (5) Oxime Ester Compound
  • The oxime ester compound specifically includes 2-[2-(4-methylphenylsulfonyloxyimino)]-2,3-dihydrothiophen-3-ylidene]-2-(2-methylphenyl)acetonitrile (trade name: “IRGACURE PAG 121” produced by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Inc.), [2-(propylsulfonyloxyimino)-2,3-dihydrothiophen-3-ylidene]-2-(2-methylphenyl)acetonitrile (trade name: “IRGACURE PAG 103” produced by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Inc.), [2-(n-octanesulfonyloxyimino)-2,3-dihydrothiophen-3-ylidene]-2-(2-methylphenyl)acetonitrile (trade name: “IRGACURE PAG 108” produced by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Inc.), α-(n-octanesulfonyloxyimino)-4-methoxybenzylcyanide (trade name: “CGI 725” produced by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Inc.), etc.
    • (6) Diazomethane Compound
  • The diazomethane compound specifically includes bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)diazomethane, bis(cyclohexylsulfonyl)diazomethane, bis(phenylsulfonyl)diazomethane, etc.
  • In view of sensitivity, among others, the oxime ester compound (5) is particularly preferred.
  • In the case where the photosensitive resin composition containing the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2) is of a negative type, the blending amount of photoacid generator (B) is preferably from 0.1 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably from 1 to 40 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2). When the blending amount is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the effect of improving the sensitivity can be successfully obtained, and when the blending amount is 50 parts by mass or less, the mechanical properties of the cured film are advantageous.
  • In the case of using the photosensitive resin composition as a positive-type composition, photoacid generators described in (i) to (iii) and (1) to (6) and/or a quinonediazide compound are suitably used. Among these, a quinonediazide compound is preferred in view of physical properties after curing. This is because the quinonediazide compound is thermally decomposed during curing and the amount of the compound remaining in the cured film is very small. The quinonediazide compound includes, for example, compounds having a 1,2-benzoquinonediazide structure or a 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide structure (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as “NQD compound”). These compounds are described in detail, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 2,772,972, 2,797,213, 3,669,658, etc. The NQD compound is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonic acid ester of a compound having a plurality of phenolic hydroxyl groups (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as “polyhydroxy compound”), which is described in detail below, and a 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonic acid ester of the polyhydroxy compound.
  • The NQD compound is obtained, in a conventional manner, by treating a naphthoquinonediazide sulfonic acid compound with chlorosulfonic acid, thionyl chloride, etc. to form a sulfonyl chloride, and reacting the obtained naphthoquinonediazide sulfonyl chloride with the polyhydroxy compound. For example, a predetermined amount of the polyhydroxy compound and a predetermined amount of 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonyl chloride or 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonyl chloride are reacted in a solvent, such as dioxane, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, etc., in the presence of a basic catalyst, such as triethylamine, to carry out esterification, and the obtained product is washed with water and dried, whereby the NQD compound can be obtained.
  • In view of physical properties of the cured film, such as sensitivity and elongation, the preferable NQD compound includes, for example, compounds represented by the following formula group:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00049
  • {wherein Q is a hydrogen atom or a naphthoquinonediazide sulfonic acid ester group represented by any one of the following formula group:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00050
  • provided that all Q are not hydrogen atoms at the same time}.
  • In addition, as the NQD compound, a naphthoquinonediazide sulfonyl ester compound having a naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonyl group and a naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonyl group in the same molecule may also be used, or a mixture of a naphthoquinonediazide-4-sulfonyl ester compound and a naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonyl ester compound may also be used.
  • As the NQD compound, one of the above compounds may be used alone, or two or more of the above compounds may be mixed and used.
  • In the case where the photosensitive resin composition is of a positive type, the blending amount of photoacid generator (B) in the photosensitive resin composition is from 0.1 to 70 parts by mass, preferably from 1 to 40 parts by mass, more preferably from 5 to 30 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2). When the blending amount is 0.1 parts by mass, good sensitivity is obtained, and when the blending amount is 70 parts by mass or less, mechanical properties of the cured film are advantageous.
    • [Crosslinking Agent (C)]
  • In the embodiment, in order to more improve the thermophysical properties and mechanical properties of the cured product, it is preferable to further blend (C) a crosslinking agent in the photosensitive resin composition.
  • As the crosslinking agent (C), a known crosslinking agent can be used, and examples thereof include, but are not limited to, an epoxy compound, an oxetane compound, an oxazoline compound, a carbodiimide compound, aldehyde, an aldehyde-modified product, an isocyanate compound, an unsaturated bond-containing compound, a melamine compound, a metal chelating agent, a methylol compound or alkoxymethyl compound represented by following formula (21), an N-methylol compound or N-alkoxymethyl compound having a structure represented by following formula (22), and a compound having a divalent group represented by following formula (23).
  • Among these, in view of film properties after curing, an epoxy compound, an oxetane compound, an oxazoline compound, an isocyanate compound, a methylol compound or alkoxymethyl compound represented by following formula (21), an N-methylol compound or N-alkoxymethyl compound represented by following formula (22), a divalent group-containing compound having a structure represented by following formula (23), etc., are preferred, and in view of pattern profile after curing, an epoxy compound, an isocyanate compound, an N-methylol compound or N-alkoxymethyl compound having a structure represented by following formula (22), etc., are more preferred:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00051
  • {in formula (21), R20 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group and an isopropyl group; R21 is at least one monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, and alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, an alkoxy group, an ester group and a urethane group; m8 is an integer of 1 to 5, and m9 is an integer of 0 to 4, provided that 1≦(m8+m9)≦5; n3 is an integer of 1 to 4; V1 is CH2OR20 or R21 when n3=1, and is a single bond or a di- to tetravalent organic group when n3=2 to 4; when a plurality of CH2OR20 are present, the plurality of R20 may be the same as or different from each other; and when a plurality of R21 are present, the plurality of R21 may be the same as or different from each other};
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00052
  • {in formula (22), each of R22 and R23 is independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10};
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00053
  • {in formula (23), R24 is a functional group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 6, and an alkenyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 6, V2 is a divalent group selected from the group consisting of —CH2—, —O— and —S—, V3 is a divalent organic group, m10 is an integer of 0 to 4, and when a plurality of R24 are present, the plurality of R24 may be the same as or different from each other}.
  • Specific preferable examples of the epoxy compound include 1,1,2,2-tetra(p-hydroxyphenyl)ethane tetraglycidyl ether, glycerol triglycidyl ether, ortho-sec-butylphenyl glycidyl ether, 1,6-bis(2,3-epoxypropoxy)naphthalene, diglycerol polyglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol glycidyl ether, triglycidyl isocyanurate, EPICLON 830, 850, 1050, N-680, N-690, N-695, N-770, HP-7200, HP-820 and EXA-4850-1000 (trade names, produced by DIC Corp.), and DENACOL EX-201, EX-313, EX-314, EX-321, EX-411, EX-511, EX-512, EX-612, EX-614, EX-614B, EX-731, EX-810, EX-911 and EM-150 (trade names, produced by Nagase ChemteX Corporation). Among these, in view of elongation and heat resistance of the obtained heat-cured film, epoxy compounds of EPICLON 830, 850, 1050, N-680, N-690, N-695, N-770, HP-7200, HP-820 and EXA-4850-1000, and DENACOL EX-201, EX-313, EX-314, EX-321, EX-411, EX-511, EX-512, EX-612, EX-614, EX-614B, EX-731, EX-810, EX-911 and EM-150 are preferred.
  • Specific preferable examples of the oxetane compound include xylylene bisoxetane, 3-ethyl-3{[(3-ethyloxetanyl)methoxy]methyl}oxetane, ETERNACOLL OXBP (trade name, produced by Ube Industries, Ltd.), etc.
  • Specific preferable examples of the oxazoline compound include 2,2′-bis(2-oxazoline), 2,2′-isopropylidenebis(4-phenyl-2-oxazoline), 1,3-bis(4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl)benzene, 1,4-bis(4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl)benzene, EPOCROS K-2010E, K-2020E, K-2030E, WS-500, WS-700 and RPS-1005 (trade names, produced by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.), etc. In view of elongation and heat resistance of the obtained heat-cured film, 1,3-bis(4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl)benzene is preferred.
  • Specific preferable examples of the carbodiimide compound include CARBODILITE SV-02, V-01, V-02, V-03, V-04, V-05, V-07, V-09, E-01, E-02 and LA-1 (trade names, produced by Nisshinbo Chemical Inc.), etc.
  • Specific preferable examples of the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent include 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, tolylene diisocyanate, 1,3-phenylenebismethylene diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane-4,4′-diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, TAKENATE 500 and 600, COSMONATE NBDI and ND (trade names, produced by Mitsui Chemicals Inc.), DURANATE 17B-60PX, TPA-B80E, MF-B60X, MF-K60X and E402-B80T (trade names, produced by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation), etc.
  • Specific examples of the aldehyde and aldehyde-modified product (in the description of the present invention, the modified product indicates a compound capable of decomposing by means of heating to produce an aldehyde) include formaldehyde, glutaraldehyde, hexamethylenetetramine, trioxane, glyoxal, malondialdehyde, succindialdehyde, etc.
  • Specific preferable examples of the melamine compound, the compound represented by formula (21) and the compound represented by formula (22) include CYMEL 300, 301, 303, 370, 325, 327, 701, 266, 267, 238, 1141, 272, 202, 1156, 1158, 1123, 1170 and 1174, UFR 65 and 300, MYCOAT 102 and 105 (all produced by Mitsui Cytec Ltd.); NIKALAC MX-270, -280 and -290, NIKALAC MS-11, and NIKALAC MW-30, -100, -300, -390 and -750 (all produced by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.); DML-OCHP, DML-MBPC, DML-BPC, DML-PEP, DML-34X, DML-PSBP, DML-PTBP, DML-PCHP, DML-POP, DML-PFP, DML-MBOC, BisCMP-F, DML-BisOC-Z, DML-BisOCHP-Z, DML-BisOC-P, DMOM-PTBT, TMOM-BP, TMOM-BPA, and TML-BPAF-MF (all produced by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.); benzenedimethanol, bis(hydroxymethyl)cresol, bis(hydroxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(hydroxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(hydroxymethyl)benzophenone, hydroxymethylphenyl hydroxymethylbenzoate, bis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(hydroxymethyl)biphenyl, bis(methoxymethyl)benzene, bis(methoxymethyl)cresol, bis(methoxymethyl)dimethoxybenzene, bis(methoxymethyl)diphenyl ether, bis(methoxymethyl)benzophenone, methoxymethylphenyl methoxymethylbenzoate, bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, dimethylbis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, etc. Among these, in view of elongation and heat resistance of the obtained heat-cured film, NIKALAC MW-30MH, MW-100LH, BL-60, MX-270, MX-280 and MX-290, CYMEL 300, 303 and 1123, MYCOAT 102 and 105, benzene dimethanol, TMOM-BP, TMOM-BPA, TML-BPAF-MF are preferred.
  • Specific preferable examples of the unsaturated bond-containing compound include trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, triallyl 1,3,5-benzenetricarboxylate, triallyl trimellitate, tetraallyl pyromellitate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetraacrylate, NK ESTER 1G, 2G, 3G, 4G, 9G, 14G, NPG, BPE-100, BPE-200, BPE-500, BPE-1400, A-200, A-400, A-600, TMPT and A-TMM-3 (trade names, produced by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), BANI-M, BANI-X (trade names, produced by Maruzen Petrochemical Co., Ltd), etc. In view of elongation and heat resistance of the obtained heat-cured film, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, triallyl 1,3,5-benzenetricarboxylate, triallyl trimellitate, tetraallyl pyromellitate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetraacrylate, BANI-M, and BANI-X are more preferred.
  • Specific preferably examples of the metal chelating agent include an acetylacetone aluminum(III) salt, an acetylacetone titanium(IV) salt, an acetylacetone chromium(III) salt, an acetylacetone magnesium(II) salt, an acetylacetone nickel(II) salt, a trifluoroacetylacetone aluminum(III) salt, a trifluoroacetylacetone titanium(IV) salt, a trifluoroacetylacetone chromium(III) salt, a trifluoroacetylacetone magnesium(II) salt, a trifluoroacetylacetone nickel(II) salt, etc.
  • In the embodiment, the blending amount of crosslinking agent (C) in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 0.1 to 40 parts by mass, more preferably from 1 to 30 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2). When the blending amount is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the thermophysical properties and mechanical strength of the heat-cured film are good, and when the blending amount is 40 parts by mass or less, the stability of composition in the varnish state and the elongation of heat-cured film are advantageous.
  • Among those crosslinking agents (C), in the case where the resin of this embodiment has a carbonyl group, the polyhydric alcohol compound and polyvalent amine compound can efficiently crosslink resins with each other by means of a nucleophilic substitution reaction to the carbonyl group.
  • Specific preferable polyhydric alcohol compound and polyvalent amine compound include ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,8-octanediol, 1,12-dodecanediol, glycerol, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, DURANOL T6002, T6001, T5652, T5651, T5650J, T5650E, T4672, T4671, T4692, T4691, G3452 and G3450J (product names, produced by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corp.), ethylenediamine, 1,3-propanediamine, 1,4-butanediamine, 1,6-hexanediamine, 1,8-octanediamine, 1,12-dodecanediamine, etc.
    • [Thermal Acid Generator (D)]
  • From the standpoint that even when the curing temperature is lowered, good thermophysical properties and mechanical properties of the cured product are exhibited, it is preferable to further blend (D) a thermal acid generator in the photosensitive resin composition. Thermal acid generator (D) is a compound capable of generating an acid by heat and accelerating the reaction of crosslinking agent (C). In addition, the temperature at which thermal acid generator (D) generates an acid is preferably from 150 to 250° C.
  • Specifically, thermal acid generator (D) includes, for example, carboxylic acid esters, such as allyl chloroacetate, n-butyl chloroacetate, t-butyl chloroacetate, ethyl chloroacetate, methyl chloroacetate, benzyl chloroacetate, isopropyl chloroacetate, 2-methoxyethyl chloroacetate, methyl dichloroacetate, methyl trichloroacetate, ethyl trichloroacetate, 2-ethoxyethyl trichloroacetate, t-butyl cyanoacetate, t-butyl methacrylate, ethyl trifluoroacetate, methyl trifluoroacetate, phenyl trifluoroacetate, vinyl trifluoroacetate, isopropyl trifluoroacetate, allyl trifluoroacetate, ethyl benzoate, methyl benzoate, butyl benzoate, methyl 2-chlorobenzoate, ethyl 2-chlorobenzoate, ethyl 4-chlorobenzoate, ethyl 2,5-dichlorobenzoate, methyl 2,4-dichlorobenzoate, ethyl p-fluorobenzoate, methyl p-fluorobenzoate, t-butyl pentachlorophenylcarboxylate, methyl pentafluoropropionate, ethyl pentafluoropropionate, t-butyl crotonate, etc.; cyclic carboxylic acid esters, such as phenolphthalein, thimolphthalein, etc.; sulfonic acid esters, such as ethyl methanesulfonate, methyl methanesulfonate, 2-methoxyethyl methanesulfonate, 2-isopropoxyethyl methanesulfonate, methyl benzenesulfonate, phenyl p-toluenesulfonate, ethyl p-toluenesulfonate, methyl p-toluenesulfonate, 2-phenylethyl p-toluenesulfonate, n-propyl p-toluenesulfonate, n-butyl p-toluenesulfonate, t-butyl p-toluenesulfonate, n-hexyl p-toluenesulfonate, n-heptyl p-toluenesulfonate, n-octyl p-toluenesulfonate, 2-methoxyethyl p-toluenesulfonate, propargyl p-toluenesulfonate, 3-butynyl p-toluenesulfonate, ethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, n-butyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, ethyl perfluorobutanesulfonate, methyl perfluorobutanesulfonate, ethyl perfluorooctanesulfonate, etc.; cyclic sulfonic acid esters, such as 1,4-butanesultone, 2,4-butanesultone, 1,3-propanesultone, phenol red, bromocresol green, bromocresol purple, etc.; and 2-sulfobenzoic anhydride, p-toluenesulfonic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, etc.
  • Among these thermal acid generators (D), sulfonic acid esters, such as ethyl methanesulfonate, methyl methanesulfonate, 2-methoxyethyl methanesulfonate, 2-isopropoxyethyl methanesulfonate, phenyl p-toluenesulfonate, ethyl p-toluenesulfonate, methyl p-toluenesulfonate, 2-methoxyethyl p-toluenesulfonate, ethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, n-butyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, ethyl perfluorobutanesulfonate, methyl perfluorobutanesulfonate, ethyl perfluorooctanesulfonate, 1,4-butanesultone, 2,4-butanesultone, etc.; 2-sulfobenzoic anhydride, and p-toluenesulfonic anhydride are preferred.
  • Furthermore, in view of adherence to a substrate, more preferable thermal acid generators (D) includes ethyl methanesulfonate, methyl methanesulfonate, 2-methoxyethyl methanesulfonate, ethyl p-toluenesulfonate, methyl p-toluenesulfonate, 2-methoxyethyl p-toluenesulfonate, ethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, n-butyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, 1,4-butanesultone, 2,4-butanesultone, 2-sulfobenzoic anhydride, p-toluenesulfonic anhydride, etc.
  • One of thermal acid generators (D) described above may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
  • The blending amount of thermal acid generator (D) in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.5 to 10 parts by mass, still more preferably from 1 to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2). When the blending amount is 0.1 parts by mass or more, an effect of maintaining the pattern profile after heat-curing is caused, and when the blending amount is 30 parts by mass or less, an adverse effect on the lithography performance is not caused and the composition stability is advantageously good.
    • [Other Components]
  • The photosensitive resin composition may contain, if desired, a solvent, a dye, a surfactant, a silane coupling agent, a dissolution accelerator, a crosslinking accelerator, etc.
  • The solvent includes, for example, amides, sulfoxides, ureas, ketones, esters, lactones, ethers, halogenated hydrocarbons, hydrocarbons, etc. More specifically, the solvent that can be used includes, for example, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, tetramethylurea, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, diethyl oxalate, ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, butyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, benzyl alcohol, phenyl glycol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, morpholine, dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,4-dichlorobutane, chlorobenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, anisole, hexane, heptane, benzene, toluene, xylene, mesitylene, etc. In view of solubility of the resin, stability of the resin composition, and adhesiveness to a substrate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethylsulfoxide, tetramethylurea, butyl acetate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, benzyl alcohol, phenyl glycol, and tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol are preferred.
  • In the embodiment, the amount of the solvent used in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 100 to 1,000 parts by mass, more preferably from 120 to 700 parts by mass, still more preferably from 125 to 500 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of phenolic resin (A-1).
  • The dye includes, for example, methyl violet, crystal violet, malachite green, etc. The blending amount of the dye in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 0.1 to 30 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of phenolic resin (A-1).
  • The surfactant includes a nonionic surfactant, for example, polyglycols, such as polypropylene glycol, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, etc., and derivatives thereof; for example, a fluorine-containing surfactant, such as FLUORAD (registered trademark and trade name, produced by Sumitomo 3M Limited), MEGAFACE (registered trademark and trade name, produced by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.), LUMIFLON (registered trademark and trade name, produced by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), etc.; and, for example, an organic siloxane surfactant, such as KP 341 (trade name, produced by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), DBE (trade name, produced by Chisso Corporation), GLANOL (trade name, produced by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd), etc.
  • The blending amount of the surfactant in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 0.01 to 10 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2).
  • The silane coupling agent includes, although is not limited to, for example, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane (for example, trade name: KBM803 produced by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: Sila-Ace 5810 produced by Chisso Corporation, etc.), 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane (trade name: SIM6475.0 produced by AZmax Co.), 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane (for example, trade name: LS1375 produced by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: SIM6474.0 produced by AZmax Co., etc.), mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane (trade name: SIM6473.5C produced by AZmax Co.), mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane (trade name: SIM6473.0 produced by AZmax Co.), 3-mercaptopropyldiethoxymethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylethoxydimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltripropoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyldiethoxypropoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylethoxydipropoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyldimethoxypropoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethoxydipropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyltrimethoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyldiethoxymethoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethylethoxydimethoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyltripropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyltripropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethylethoxydipropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethyldimethoxypropoxysilane, 2-mercaptoethylmethoxydipropoxysilane, 4-mercaptobutyltrimethoxysilane, 4-mercaptobutyltriethoxysilane, 4-mercaptobutyltripropoxysilane, etc.
  • The silane coupling agent also includes, although is not limited to, for example, N-(3-triethoxysilylpropyl)urea (trade name: LS3610 produced by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: SIU9055.0 produced by AZmax Co.), N-(3-trimethoxysilylpropyl)urea (trade name: SIU9058.0 produced by AZmax Co.), N-(3-diethoxymethoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-ethoxydimethoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-tripropoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-diethoxypropoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-ethoxydipropoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-dimethoxypropoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-methoxydipropoxysilylpropyl)urea, N-(3-trimethoxysilylethyl)urea, N-(3-ethoxydimethoxysilylethyl)urea, N-(3-tripropoxysilylethyl)urea, N-(3-tripropoxysilylethyl)urea, N-(3-ethoxydipropoxysilylethyl)urea, N-(3-dimethoxypropoxysilylethyl)urea, N-(3-methoxydipropoxysilylethyl)urea, N-(3-trimethoxysilylbutyl)urea, N-(3-triethoxysilylbutyl)urea, N-(3-tripropoxysilylbutyl)urea, 3-(m-aminophenoxy)propyltrimethoxysilane (trade name: SLA0598.0 produced by AZmax Co.), m-aminophenyltrimethoxysilane (trade name: SLA0599.0 produced by AZmax Co.), p-aminophenyltrimethoxysilane (trade name: SLA0599.1 produced by AZmax Co.), aminophenyltrimethoxysilane (trade name: SLA0599.2 produced by AZmax Co.), 2-(trimethoxysilylethyl)pyridine (trade name: SIT8396.0 produced by AZmax Co.).
  • In addition, the silane coupling agent includes, although is not limited to, for example, 2-(triethoxysilylethyl)pyridine, 2-(dimethoxysilylmethylethyl)pyridine, 2-(diethoxysilylmethylethyl)pyridine, (3-triethoxysilylpropyl)-t-butylcarbamate, (3-glycidoxypropyl)triethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, tetra-n-propoxysilane, tetra-i-propoxysilane, tetra-n-butoxysilane, tetra-i-butoxysilane, tetra-t-butoxysilane, tetrakis(methoxyethoxysilane), tetrakis(methoxy-n-propoxysilane), tetrakis(ethoxyethoxysilane), tetrakis(methoxyethoxyethoxysilane), bis(trimethoxysilyl)ethane, bis(trimethoxysilyl)hexane, bis(triethoxysilyl)methane, bis(triethoxysilyl)ethane, bis(triethoxysilyl)ethylene, bis(triethoxysilyl)octane, bis(triethoxysilyl)octadiene, bis[3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl]disulfide, bis[3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl]tetrasulfide, di-t-butoxydiacetoxysilane, di-i-butoxyaluminoxytriethoxysilane, bis(pentadionate)titanium-O,O′-bis(oxyethyl)-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, phenylsilanetriol, methylphenylsilanediol, ethylphenylsilanediol, n-propylphenylsilanediol, isopropylphenylsilanediol, n-butyldiphenylsilanediol, isobutylphenylsilanediol, tert-butylphenylsilanediol, diphenylsilanediol, dimethoxydiphenylsilane, diethoxydiphenylsilane, dimethoxydi-p-tolylsilane, ethylmethylphenylsilanol, n-propylmethylphenylsilanol, isopropylmethylphenylsilanol, n-butylmethylphenylsilanol, isobutylmethylphenylsilanol, tert-butylmethylphenylsilanol, ethyl n-propylphenylsilanol, ethylisopropylphenylsilanol, n-butylethylphenylsilanol, isobutylethylphenylsilanol, tert-butylethylphenylsilanol, methyldiphenylsilanol, ethyldiphenylsilanol, n-propyldiphenylsilanol, isopropyldiphenylsilanol, n-butyldiphenylsilanol, isobutyldiphenylsilanol, tert-butyldiphenylsilanol, triphenylsilanol, etc.
  • Among the above-listed silane coupling agents, in view of storage stability, phenylsilanetriol, trimethoxyphenylsilane, trimethoxy(p-tolyl)silane, diphenylsilanediol, dimethoxydiphenylsilane, diethoxydiphenylsilane, dimethoxydi-p-tolylsilane, triphenylsilanol, and silane coupling agents represented by the following structures are preferred.
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00054
  • The blending amount of the silane coupling agent in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 0.01 to 20 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2).
  • The dissolution accelerator includes, for example, a compound having a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group. Examples of the compound having a hydroxyl group include a linear phenolic compound, such as ballasting agents used in naphthoquinonediazide compounds recited above, para-cumylphenol, bisphenols, resorcinols, MtrisPC, MtetraPC, etc.; a nonlinear phenolic compound, such as TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PHBA, TrisP-PA (all produced by Honshu Chemical Industry Co. Ltd.), etc.; from 2 to 5 phenolic substitution products of diphenylmethane, from 1 to 5 phenolic substitution products of 3,3-diphenylpropane, a compound obtained by reacting 2,2-bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane and 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride in a molar ratio of 1:2, a compound obtained by reacting bis-(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)sulfone and 1,2-cyclohexyldicarboxylic anhydride in a molar ratio of 1:2, N-hydroxysuccinic acid imide, N-hydroxyphthalic acid imide, N-hydroxy 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid imide, etc.
  • Examples of the compound having a carboxyl group include 3-phenyllactic acid, 4-hydroxyphenyllactic acid, 4-hydroxymandelic acid, 3,4-dihydroxymandelic acid, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxymandelic acid, 2-methoxy-2-(1-naphthyl)propionic acid, mandelic acid, atrolactic acid, α-methoxyphenylacetic acid, O-acetylmandelic acid, itaconic acid, benzoic acid, o-toluic acid, m-toluic acid, p-toluic acid, 2,3-dimethylbenzoic acid, 2,4-dimethylbenzoic acid, 2,5-dimethylbenzoic acid, 2,6-dimethylbenzoic acid, 3,4-dimethylbenzoic acid, 3,5-dimethylbenzoic acid, 2,4,5-trimethylbenzoic acid, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, cumic acid, isobutylbenzoic acid, 4-propylbenzoic acid, salicylic acid, 3-hydroxybenzoic acid, 4-hydroxybenzoic acid, 2-acetylbenzoic acid, 4-acetylbenzoic acid, 3-fluorobenzoic acid, 4-fluorobenzoic acid, 4-fluoro-2-methylbenzoic acid, 5-fluoro-2-methylbenzoic acid, p-anisic acid, 4-amylbenzoic acid, 4-butylbenzoic acid, 4-tert-butylbenzoic acid, 3,5-di-tert-butylbenzoic acid, 4-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid, 4-hydroxymethylbenzoic acid, phthalic acid, 4-methylphthaic acid, 4-hydroxyphthalic acid, 4-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid, 4-methoxyphthalic acid, phthalamic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 2,5-dimethylbenzoic acid, monomethyl terephthalate, trimesic acid, trimellitic acid, hemimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid, benzenepentacarboxylic acid, mellitic acid, etc.
  • The blending amount of the dissolution accelerator in the photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 0.1 to 30 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting resin (A-1) or resin mixture (A-2).
  • The crosslinking accelerator is preferably a compound capable of generating an acid by light or generating a base or a radical by heat or light.
  • The compound capable of generating an acid by light includes, for example, an onium salt, such as TPS-105 and 1000, DTS-105, NDS-105 and 165 (trade names, produced by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), DPI-DMAS, TTBPS-TF, TPS-TF, DTBPI-TF (trade names, produced by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd.), etc.; and an oxime sulfonate, such as NAI-100, 101, 105 and 106, PAI-101 (trade names, produced by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), IRGACURE PAG-103, 108, 121 and 203, CGI-1380 and 725, NIT, 1907, PNBT (trade names, produced by BASF Japan Inc.), etc.
  • The compound capable of generating a base by heat or light includes, for example, an amine salt, such as U-CATSA-1, 102, 506, 603 and 810 (trade names, produced by San-Apro Ltd.), CGI-1237, 1290 and 1293 (trade names, produced by BASF Japan Inc.), etc.; and a compound in which an amino group of 2,6-piperidine, butylamine, diethylamine, dibutylamine, N,N′-diethyl-1,6-diaminohexane, hexamethylenediamine, etc., is converted to a urethane group or a urea group. The urethane group includes a t-butoxycarbonylamino group, etc., and the urea group includes a phenylaminocarbonylamino group, etc.
  • The compound capable of generating a radical by heat or light includes, for example, an alkylphenone, such as IRGACURE 651, 184, 2959, 127, 907, 369 and 379 (trade names, produced by BASF Japan Inc.), etc.; an acylphosphine oxide, such as IRGACURE 819 (trade name, produced by BASF Japan Inc.), etc.; a titanocene, such as IRGACURE 784 (trade name, produced by BASF Japan Inc.), etc.; and an oxime ester, such as IRGACURE OXE 01 and 02 (trade names, produced by BASF Japan Inc.), etc.
    • <Method for Forming Cured Relief Pattern>
  • In another embodiment, a method for producing a cured relief pattern by using the above-described photosensitive resin composition is provided. The production method of a cured relief pattern comprises the following steps:
  • a step of forming (applying), on a substrate, a photosensitive resin layer containing the photosensitive resin composition,
  • a step of exposing the photosensitive resin layer to light,
  • a step of developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern, and
  • a step of heat-treating the relief pattern to form a cured relief pattern.
  • One example of the production method of a cured relief pattern is described below.
  • First, the above-described photosensitive resin composition is applied onto an appropriate support or substrate, for example, a silicon wafer, a ceramic, an aluminum substrate, etc. At the applying, in order to ensure water-resistant adhesiveness between the pattern formed and the support, an adhesion aid, such as silane coupling agent may be previously applied on the support or substrate. Applying the photosensitive resin composition is carried out by spin coating using a spinner, spray coating using a spray coater, dipping, printing, roll coating, etc.
  • Next, the applied film of the photosensitive resin composition containing phenolic resin (A-1) is dried by prebaking at 80 to 140° C., and the photosensitive resin composition is then exposed to light. As the chemical ray for exposure, an X-ray, an electron beam, an ultraviolet ray, visible light, etc., can be used, and a chemical ray having a wavelength of 200 to 500 nm is preferred. In view of resolution and handling of a pattern, the light source wavelength is preferably g-line, h-line or i-line of a mercury lamp, and one of these chemical rays may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be mixed. As the exposure apparatus, a contact aligner, a mirror projection, and a stepper are particularly preferred. After the exposure, the applied film may be again heated at 80 to 140° C., if desired.
  • Subsequently, development is carried out by a dipping method, a puddling method, a spin spraying method, etc. The exposed area (in the case of a positive type) or unexposed area (in the case of a negative type) is eluted and removed from the applied photosensitive resin composition by development, whereby a relief pattern can be obtained.
  • The developer that can be used includes, for example, an aqueous solution of inorganic alkalis, such as sodium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, aqueous ammonia, etc., organic amines, such as ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, triethanolamine, etc., or quaternary ammonium salts, such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, etc. If necessary, a water-soluble organic solvent, such as methanol, ethanol, etc., or a surfactant is added in an appropriate amount to the aqueous solution. Among these, an aqueous tetramethylammonium hydroxide solution is preferred. The concentration of tetramethylammonium hydroxide is preferably from 0.5 to 10 mass %, more preferably from 1 to 5 mass %.
  • After the development, cleaning with a rinsing solution is carried out to remove the developer, whereby a pattern film can be obtained. As the rinsing solution, for example, one of distilled water, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, etc. may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
  • Finally, the thus-obtained relief pattern is heated, whereby a cured relief pattern can be obtained. The heating temperature is preferably from 150 to 300° C., more preferably 250° C. or less.
  • In the usual method of forming a cured relief pattern by using a polyimide or polybenzoxazole precursor composition it is necessary to convert the precursor to polyimide or polybenzoxazole by heating the composition at a temperature more than 300° C. to cause a dehydrating cyclization reaction. However, in the production method of a cured relief pattern of the present invention, such heating is not necessary, so that the production method can be suitably used also for a thermally weak semiconductor device, etc. In one example, the production method of a cured relief pattern is suitably used for a semiconductor device having an insulating layer consisting of a high-dielectric material or ferroelectric material having a restriction on the processing temperature, for example, an oxide of a metal having a high melting point, such as titanium, tantalum, hafnium, etc. In the case where a semiconductor device is free from such a restriction in terms of heat resistance, also in the embodiment, a heat treatment at 300 to 400° C. may be of course carried out. Such a heat treatment can be carried out using a hot plate, an oven, or a temperature-programmable temperature-rising oven. As the atmosphere gas in the heating treatment, air may be used, or an inert gas, such as nitrogen, argon, etc., may also be used. In the case where the heat treatment must be carried out at a lower temperature, the composition may be heated under reduced pressure by using a vacuum pump, etc.
    • <Semiconductor Device>
  • In another embodiment, a semiconductor device having a cured relief pattern produced by the above-described method using the above-described photosensitive resin composition is also provided. In this embodiment, the semiconductor device has a semiconductor element and a cured film provided on the top of the semiconductor element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern described above. In addition, the cured relief pattern may be laminated to come into direct contact with the semiconductor element or may be laminated with interposition of another layer on the element. For example, the cured film includes a surface protective film, an interlayer insulating film, an insulating film for rewiring, a protective film for a flip-chip device, and a protective film of a semiconductor device having a bump structure. In the embodiment, the semiconductor device can be manufactured by combining a known method for manufacturing a semiconductor device and the above-described production method of a cured relief pattern of the present invention.
    • <Display Device>
  • In another embodiment, a display device having a cured relief pattern produced by the above-described method using the above-described photosensitive resin composition is also provided. In this embodiment, the display device has a display element and a cured film provided on the top of the display element, wherein the cured film is the cured relief pattern described above. In addition, the cured relief pattern may be laminated to come into direct contact with the display element or may be laminated with interposition of another layer on the element. For example, the cured film includes a surface protective film, an insulating film and a planarization film for a TFT liquid crystal display element or a color filter element; a projection for an MVA liquid crystal display device; and a cathode partition wall for an organic EL element. In the embodiment, similarly to the semiconductor device described above, the display device can be manufactured by combining a known method for manufacturing a display device and the above-described production method of a cured relief pattern.
  • Examples of the application of the display device include a protective film obtained by forming a cured film of the above-described photosensitive resin composition on a display device, an insulating film or a planarization film for a TFT element, a color filter, etc., a projection for an MVA liquid crystal display device, etc., and a cathode partition wall for an organic EL element, etc. As for the use method thereof, in accordance with the application of the semiconductor device, a patterned cured film of the photosensitive resin composition is formed by the above-described method on a substrate on which a display element or a color filter has been formed.
  • In another embodiment of the present invention, an alkali-soluble resin composition containing an alkali-soluble resin and a solvent is provided. The alkali-soluble resin composition is characterized in that a cured film obtained by coating the resin composition and curing the coated resin composition at 200° C. satisfies all of following a) to c):
  • a) the stress at a film thickness of 7 μm is from 5 to 18 MPa,
  • b) the maximum value of tensile elongation of the film having a film thickness of 10 μm is from 20 to 100%, and
  • c) the glass transition temperature at a film thickness of 10 μm is from 180 to 300° C.
  • In recent years, mainly for reasons of the material of constituent member and the structural design, a demand for a material capable of being heated and cured at a lower temperature, for example, at a temperature of 200° C. or less, is increasing.
  • Accordingly, in such a case, it is necessary that even when cured at 200° C., the cured film consisting of the alkali-soluble resin composition has sufficient properties as a surface protective film or interlayer insulating film of a semiconductor. The present inventors have found that when a cured film obtained by curing the alkali-soluble resin composition at 200° C. satisfies all of a) to c), the cured film exhibits excellent performance as a protective film of a semiconductor device.
  • In the case of satisfying a), i.e., in the case where the stress is from 5 to 18 MPa, when an insulating film is formed on a silicon wafer, warpage of the silicon wafer is suppressed.
  • In the case of satisfying b), i.e., in the case where the maximum value of tensile elongation is from 20 to 100%, when the cured film is applied as a surface protective film or interlayer insulating film of a semiconductor device, cracking is less likely to occur upon imposition of a stress due to heat and the reliability of the semiconductor device can be increased.
  • In the case of satisfying c), i.e., in the case where the glass transition temperature is from 180 to 300° C., a semiconductor having a cured film consisting of the resin composition can be mounted on a printed board without involving deformation of the cured relief pattern due to heat applied when mounting the semiconductor on the board.
  • The alkali-soluble resin is not limited but in view of heat resistance, is preferably a resin selected from a polyimide precursor, a polyimide, a polybenzoxazole precursor, and a phenolic resin.
  • Above all, a resin mixture of a resin containing a structure represented by formula (1) and resins containing structures represented by formulae (7) and (8) is more preferred.
  • The solvent is not particularly limited and includes those described above.
  • From the standpoint of forming a fine pattern, it is also preferred that the alkali-soluble resin composition containing an alkali-soluble resin and a solvent further contains a photoacid generator.
  • The photoacid generator includes those described above.
  • In addition, in order to more improve thermal properties and mechanical properties of the cured product, it is preferable to further blend a crosslinking agent in the alkali-soluble resin composition.
  • The crosslinking agent includes those described above.
  • Furthermore, as for the thermal acid generator and other components, those described above can be also added.
  • In another embodiment of the present invention, a cured product obtained by coating a substrate with a photosensitive resin layer consisting of a positive-type photosensitive resin composition containing a phenolic resin, a photoacid generator and a solvent, and subjecting the layer to exposure, development and curing is provided. The cured product is characterized in that, in a cross-sectional profile consisting of a space moiety of 5 to 100 μm and a land moiety of 1 to 10 mm, the cross-sectional angle defined by an interior angle relative to the base material surface when a tangential line is drawn at a height of half the cured film thickness is from 40 to 90°.
  • When the cross-sectional angle of the cured product is 40° or more, a wiring layer below the cured film can be prevented from being naked, and when the cross-sectional angle is 90° or less, stress concentration on the cured film can be avoided, and the damage to a structure with the cured film can be reduced. The cross-sectional angle of the cured product is preferably from 40 to 85°, more preferably from 45 to 80°.
  • The substrate includes a silicon wafer, etc.
  • The exposure, development and curing conditions are not limited as long as a cured film giving a cured product having a cross-sectional angle of from 40 to 90° is obtained, but the exposure, development and curing can be carried out, for example, under the conditions described in following Examples.
    • EXAMPLES
  • The present invention is described in detail below by referring to Synthesis Examples, Examples and Comparative Examples, but the present invention is not limited to them.
  • In Examples, the measurement conditions are as follows.
    • <Weight Average Molecular Weight (Mw)>
  • The weight average molecular weight was calculated in terms of standard polystyrene (organic solvent-based standard sample, STANDARD SM-105 produced by Showa Denko K.K.) by GPC. The GPC apparatus used and the measurement conditions are as follows:
  • Pump: JASCO PU-980
  • Detector: JASCO RI-930
  • Column oven: JASCO CO-965 40° C.
  • Column: Shodex KD-806M, two columns in series
  • Mobile phase: 0.01 mol/l, LiBr/N-methylpyrrolidone
  • Flow velocity: 1.0 ml/min.
    • <Evaluation of Alkali Solubility>
  • The resin was dissolved in γ-butyrolactone to give a solid content concentration of 37 mass %, and a silicon wafer was spin-coated with the solution and then placed on a hot plate. The silicon wafer and spin-coated film were prebaked on the hot plate at 120° C. for 180 seconds to form a coating film having a thickness of 10 μm. The film thickness was measured by a film thickness measurement system (LAMBDA ACE) manufactured by Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co., Ltd. Thereafter, the film was dipped in an aqueous TMAH solution (AZ300MIF produced by AZ Electronic Materials) of 2.38 mass % at a liquid temperature of 23.0° C. and then again measured for the film thickness, and based on the values obtained the dissolution rate of the coated film was calculated. The alkali solubility was judged as “good” when the dissolution rate was 0.01 μm/sec or more, and judged as “bad” when it was less than 0.01 μm/sec. [0209]′
    • <Residual Film Ratio During Curing and Evaluation of Cured Relief Pattern Profile>
  • A silicon wafer was spin-coated with a photosensitive resin composition and placed on a hot plate, and the silicon wafer and spin-coated film were prebaked on the hot plate at 120° C. for 180 seconds to form a coating film having a thickness of 10 μm. This coating film was exposed to irradiation with i-line at an exposure dose of 500 mJ/cm2 by using a stepper NSR2005i8A (manufactured by Nikon Corp.) having an exposure wavelength of i-line (365 nm) through a reticle with a test pattern. After the exposure, with respect to Examples 12, 13, 33, 59, 68, 70, 71 and 72, the film was reheated on the hot plate at 120° C. for 180 seconds. The film was then developed with an aqueous 2.38% tetramethylammonium hydroxide solution AZ-300MIF (produced by AZ Electronic Materials) at 23° C. for 100 seconds in a developing machine (D-SPIN), rinsed with pure water, and cured at 225° C. or 250° C. for 1 hour under nitrogen atmosphere in a vertical curing furnace VF200B (manufactured by Koyo Thermo Systems Co., Ltd.) to obtain a cured relief pattern. At this time, the film thickness was measured with a contact-type film thickness measuring apparatus P-15 (manufactured by KLA-Tencor Corporation) before and after the curing, and the residual film ratio during curing was calculated.
  • In addition, the cured relief pattern profile was judged as “good” when the relief pattern of a 20 μm square was not buried after curing and the shape was maintained, and the cured relief pattern profile was judged as “bad” when the shape was collapsed and the pattern was buried. However, with respect to Examples 13, 33, 59, 68, 70, 71 and 72, since the pattern is of a negative type, the profile was judged as “bad” when the pattern profile was collapsed.
    • <Measurement of Tensile Elongation>
  • The sample for elongation measurement was produced by the following method. A 6-inch silicon wafer substrate having an aluminum deposition layer on the outermost surface thereof was spin-coated with each of the photosensitive resin compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples to have a film thickness of about 10 μm after curing, and prebaked on a hot plate at 120° C. for 180 seconds to form a coating film. The film thickness was measured by a film thickness measurement system (LAMBDA ACE) manufactured by Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co., Ltd. This coating film was heated at 200° C., 225° C. or 250° C. for 1 hour under nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a film having a thickness of 10 μm. The obtained resin cured film was cut into a width of 3 mm by means of a dicing saw and then separated from the wafer by a treatment with an aqueous dilute hydrochloric acid solution. In this way, 20 samples were obtained. After leaving each sample to stand still for 24 hours or more in an atmosphere of a temperature of 23° C. and a relative humidity of 50%, the elongation was measured by a tensile tester (TENSILON). The elongation of the film cured at 225° C. or 250° C. shows the average value of 20 samples, and the elongation of the film cured at 200° C. shows the maximum value. The measurement conditions of the tensile tester were as follows:
  • Temperature: 23° C.
  • Relative humidity: 50%
  • Initial sample length: 50 mm
  • Testing speed: 40 mm/min
  • Load cell rating: 2 kgf
    • <Measurement of Glass Transition Temperature>
  • Similarly to the sample produced above for the measurement of tensile elongation, a cured film piece having a thickness of about 10 μm and a width of 3 mm was produced and measured for the glass transition temperature using a thermal mechanical analyzer (model name: TMA-50 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). The measurement conditions were as follows.
  • Sample length: 10 mm
  • Constant load: 200 g/mm2
  • Measurement temperature range: from 25 to 400° C.
  • Temperature rise rate: 10° C./min
  • Measurement atmosphere: nitrogen atmosphere
    • <Measurement of Residual Stress>
  • A 6-inch silicon wafer having a thickness of 625 μm±25 μm whose warpage was previously measured was spin-coated with each of the photosensitive resin compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples to have a film thickness of about 10 μm after curing, and prebaked on a hot plate at 120° C. for 180 seconds to form a coating film. The film thickness was measured by a film thickness measurement system (LAMBDA ACE) manufactured by Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co., Ltd. The coating film was heated at 200° C. for 1 hour under nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a film having a thickness of 10 μm, and after leaving the obtained wafer with a cured film to stand still in an atmosphere of a temperature of 23° C. and humidity of 50% for 24 hours, the residual stress of the wafer was measured by a residual stress measuring apparatus (model name: FLX-2320 manufactured by Tencor Corporation).
    • <Measurement of Cross-Sectional Angle>
  • A silicon wafer was spin-coated with the photosensitive resin composition and placed on a hot plate, and the silicon wafer and spin-coated film were prebaked on the hot plate at 120° C. for 180 seconds to form a coating film having a thickness of 10 μm. This coating film was exposed to irradiation with i-line at an exposure dose of 500 mJ/cm2 by using a stepper NSR2005i8A (manufactured by Nikon Corp.) having an exposure wavelength of i-line (365 nm) through a reticle with a test pattern. After the exposure, with respect to Examples 12, 13, 33, 58, 67, 69, 70 and 71, the film was reheated on the hot plate at 120° C. for 180 seconds. The film was then developed with an aqueous 2.38% tetramethylammonium hydroxide solution AZ-300MIF (produced by AZ Electronic Materials) at 23° C. for 100 seconds in a developing machine (D-SPIN), rinsed with pure water, and cured at 200° C. for 1 hour under nitrogen atmosphere in a vertical curing furnace VF200B (manufactured by Koyo Thermo Systems Co., Ltd.) to obtain a cured relief pattern. Thereafter, the cross-sectional profile consisting of a space moiety of 50 μm and a land moiety of 5 mm was observed using SEM (model name: S-4800 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation), and the cross-sectional angle defined by an interior angle relative to the base material surface when a tangential line is drawn at a height of half the cured film thickness was measured.
    • <1H NMR Measurement Conditions>
  • Measuring apparatus: Model JNM-GSX 400 manufactured by JEOL Ltd.
  • Measurement temperature: 23° C.
  • Measurement solvent: deuterated dimethylsulfoxide solvent (DMSO-d6)
  • The structures of photoacid generator (B), crosslinking agent (C) and thermal acid generator (D) used in Examples and Comparative Examples are as follows.
    • (B-1)
  • A photoacid generator shown by the following formula:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00055
  • {wherein out of Q, 83% is a structure represented by the following formula and the remaining is a hydrogen atom}:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00056
    • (B-2)
  • IRGACURE PAG121 (trade name, produced by BASF Japan Inc.)
    • (B-3)
  • A photoacid generator shown by the following formula:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00057
    • (C-1)
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00058
  • (NIKALAC MX-270, trade name, produced by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.)
    • (C-2)
  • A crosslinking agent shown by the following formula:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00059
  • triglycidyl isocyanurate
    • (C-3)
  • A crosslinking agent shown by the following formula:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00060
  • {wherein n8 is an integer of 1 to 3}
    ETERNACOLL OXBP (trade name, produced by Ube Industries, Ltd.)
    • (C-4)
  • A crosslinking agent shown by the following formula:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00061
  • DURANATE TPA-B80E (trade name, produced by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation)
    • (C-5)
  • A crosslinking agent shown by the following formula:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00062
  • p-xylylene glycol
    • (C-6):
  • DURANOL T5652 (product name, produced by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corp.)
    • (C-7)
  • A crosslinking agent shown by the following formula:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00063
  • 2,6-Bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol
    • (D-1)
  • A thermal acid generator shown by the following formula:
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00064
  • 2-Methoxyethyl p-toluenesulfonate
    EP-4080G: Novolak resin, produced by Asahi Organic Chemicals Industry Co., Ltd., weight average molecular weight=10,600
    MEH-7851-4H: Phenol-biphenyldiyl resin, produced by Meiwa Plastic Industries, Ltd., weight average molecular weight=10,000, a structure represented by following formula (24)
    MEH-7851-SS: Phenol-biphenyldiyl resin, produced by Meiwa Plastic Industries, Ltd., weight average molecular weight=1,600, a structure represented by following formula (24)
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00065
    • Synthesis Example 1 Synthesis of Resin P1-1
  • In a 0.5 liter-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device, 76.4 g (0.36 mol) of propyl gallate, 67.9 g (0.28 mol) of 4,4′-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, 2.2 g (0.014 mol) of diethylsulfuric acid, and 100 g of diglyme (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as “DMDG”) were mixed and stirred at 70° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution was heated to 140° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 140° C. for 5 hours.
  • Thereafter, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 150 g of tetrahydrofuran was separately added thereto and stirred. The resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 5 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P1-1) at a yield of 76%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-1) thus synthesized was 10,900 in terms of polystyrene. FIG. 1 shows the 1H NMR spectrum obtained by dissolving P1-1 in a deuterated dimethylsulfoxide solvent and measuring the solution by Model JNM-GSX 400 manufactured by JEOL Ltd.
    • Synthesis Example 2 Synthesis of Resin P1-2
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 70.6 g (0.42 mol) of methyl 3,5-dihydroxybenzoate in place of propyl gallate of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-2) was obtained at a yield of 78%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-2) synthesized was 14,600 in terms of polystyrene. FIG. 2 shows the 1H NMR spectrum obtained by measuring P1-2 in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1
    • Synthesis Example 3 Synthesis of Resin P1-3
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 64.3 g (0.42 mol) of 2,4-dihydroxybenzamide in place of propyl gallate of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-3) was obtained at a yield of 82%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-3) synthesized was 19,200 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 4 Synthesis of Resin P1-4
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 71.0 g (0.47 mol) of 2,4-dihydroxyacetophenone in place of propyl gallate of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-4) was obtained at a yield of 73%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-4) synthesized was 11,800 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 5 Synthesis of Imidophenol Compound I-1
  • In 0.5 liter-volume separable flask, 54.6 g (0.5 mol) of 2-aminophenol, 120 g of γ-butyrolactone (GBL), and 39.6 g (0.5 mol) of pyridine were put, and 89.1 g (0.5 mol) of methyl-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride was charged thereinto at room temperature. After reaction with stirring overnight at room temperature, the reaction was confirmed by low molecular GPC, as a result, raw materials were not detected at all and the product was detected as a single peak with a purity of 99%. This reaction solution was directly added dropwise with stirring to 2 liter of ion-exchanged water to precipitate the product. The product was separated by filtration and then vacuum-dried to obtain Imidophenol Compound (I-1) having the following structure at a yield of 85%.
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00066
    • Synthesis of Resin P1-5
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 85.0 g (0.44 mol) of Compound (I-1) in place of propyl gallate of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-5) was obtained at a yield of 58%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-5) synthesized was 3,900 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 6 Synthesis of Resin P1-6
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 51.6 g (0.37 mol) of salicylic acid in place of propyl gallate of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-6) was obtained at a yield of 71%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-6) synthesized was 18,200 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 7 Synthesis of Resin P1-7
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 60.4 g (0.39 mol) of 2,4-dihydroxybenzoic acid in place of propyl gallate of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-7) was obtained at a yield of 66%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-7) synthesized was 13,500 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 8 Synthesis of Resin P1-8
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 60.6 g (0.44 mol) of 3-nitrophenol in place of propyl gallate of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-8) was obtained at a yield of 70%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-8) synthesized was 11,500 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 9 Synthesis of Resin P1-9
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 41.4 g (0.3 mol) of 1,4-bis(methoxymethyl)benzene in place of 4,4′-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-9) was obtained at a yield of 72%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-9) synthesized was 12,600 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 10 Synthesis of Resin P1-10
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 by using 50.5 g (0.3 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol in place of 4,4′-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl of Synthesis Example 1, whereby Resin (P1-10) was obtained at a yield of 74%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P1-10) synthesized was 13,400 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 11 Synthesis of Resin P1-11
  • In a 0.5 liter-volume separable flask, 50 g of Resin P1-1 obtained in Synthesis Example 1 and 70 g of GBL were mixed and stirred to dissolve solids. Thereafter, 26.2 g (0.12 mol) of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate was added dropwise together with 25 g of GBL. Furthermore, 4.7 g (0.06 mol) of pyridine was added dropwise together with 10 g of GBL, and the reaction was allowed to proceed at room temperature for 5 hours.
  • Thereafter, 100 g of tetrahydrofuran was separately added thereto and stirred, and the resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 3 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin. The resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain target Resin (P1-11) where 30% of all hydroxyl groups are protected by a tert-butoxycarbonyl group.
    • <Evaluation of Alkali Solubility>
  • Using Resins P1-1 to P1-10 obtained in Synthesis Examples 1 to 10, Resin P1-12 (EP-4080G, a novolak resin obtained by condensing a mixture of m-cresol: p-cresol=60:40 with formaldehyde, produced by Asahi Organic Chemicals Industry Co., Ltd., weight average molecular weight=10,600), Resin P1-13 (MEH-7851-4H, a resin mainly containing a phenol-biphenyldiyl resin obtained by condensing phenol and 4,4′-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenol, produced by Meiwa Plastic Industries, Ltd., weight average molecular weight=10,000) and Resin P1-14 (MEH-7851-SS, a resin mainly containing a phenol-biphenyldiyl resin obtained by condensing phenol and 4,4′-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl, produced by Meiwa Plastic Industries, Ltd., weight average molecular weight=1,600), the alkali solubility was evaluated by the above-described method. The results are shown in Table 1 below.
  • TABLE 1
    Polymer P1-1 P1-2 P1-3 P1-4 P1-5 P1-6 P1-7 P1-8 P1-9 P1-10 P1-12 P1-13 P1-14
    Alkali dissolution 5.3 4.9 4.4 3.9 2.8 11.9 6.9 2.1 5.8 6.5 5.0 0.0 5.9
    rate [*10−2 um/sec]
    Evaluation of alkali good good good good good good good good good good good bad good
    solubility
    • Preparation and Evaluation of Positive-Type Photosensitive Resin Composition Example 1
  • 100 Parts by mass of Resin (P1-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 1 and 12 parts by mass of Photoacid Generator (B-1) were dissolved in 114 parts by mass of GBL, and the solution was filtered through a 0.1 μm filter to prepare a positive-type photosensitive resin composition. The resin composition was evaluated for the cured relief pattern profile and tensile elongation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
    • Example 2
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 20 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent (C-1) was further added in Example 1. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
    • Examples 3 to 11
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 2, except that Resin P1-1 was replaced by Resins P1-2 to P1-10 as shown in Table 3 in Example 2. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
    • Example 12
  • 100 Parts by mass of Resin (P1-11) and 5 parts by mass of Photoacid Generator (B-2) were dissolved in 114 parts by mass of GBL, and the solution was filtered through a 0.1 μm filter to prepare a positive-type photosensitive resin composition. The resin composition was evaluated for the cured relief pattern profile and tensile elongation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
    • Example 13
  • 100 Parts by mass of Resin (P1-1), 5 parts by mass of Photoacid Generator (B-2) and 20 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent (C-1) were dissolved in 114 parts by mass of GBL, and the solution was filtered through a 0.1 filter to prepare a negative-type photosensitive resin composition and evaluated for the cured relief pattern profile and tensile elongation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
    • Example 14
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 2, except that the amount added of Photoacid Generator-B-1 was changed to 20 parts by mass in Example 2. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
    • Example 15
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 2, except that the amount added of Crosslinking Agent C-1 was changed to 40 parts by mass in Example 2. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2
    • Example 16
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 2, except that 10 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent C-2 was added in place of Crosslinking Agent C-1 in Example 2. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
    • Example 17
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 2, except that 20 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent C-3 was added in place of Crosslinking Agent C-1 in Example 2. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
    • Example 18
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 2, except that 10 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent C-4 was added in place of Crosslinking Agent C-1 in Example 2. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
    • Example 19
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 2, except that 10 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent C-5 was added in place of Crosslinking Agent C-1 in Example 2. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
    • Example 20
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 2, except that 5 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent C-6 was added in place of Crosslinking Agent C-1 in Example 2. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
    • Comparative Example 1
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, except that Resin P1-1 was replaced by Resin (P1-12) in Example 1. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
    • Comparative Example 2
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, except that Resin P1-1 was replaced by Resin (P1-13) in Example 1. With respect to the cured relief pattern profile, a relief pattern could not be formed due to insufficient alkali solubility, failing in evaluation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
    • Comparative Example 3
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, except that Resin P1-1 was replaced by Resin (P1-14) in Example 1. With respect to the cured relief pattern profile, the pattern was buried, and the evaluation was “bad”. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
    • Comparative Example 4
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 2, except that Resin P1-1 was replaced by Resin (P1-14) in Example 2. With respect to the cured relief pattern profile, the pattern was buried, and the evaluation was “bad”. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
  • TABLE 2
    Example
    1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
    Polymer P1-1 P1-1 P1-2 P1-3 P1-4 P1-5 P1-6 P1-7 P1-8 P1-9 P1-10 P1-11
    Photoacid Generator B-1 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
    Photoacid Generator B-2 5
    Crosslinking Agent C-1 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
    Crosslinking Agent C-2
    Crosslinking Agent C-3
    Crosslinking Agent C-4
    Crosslinking Agent C-5
    Crosslinking Agent C-6
    Cured relief pattern good good good good good good good good good good good good
    profile
    Elongation [%] 15 45 18 15 36 11 21 24 15 19 15 17
    Curing temperature [° C.] 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
    Example Comparative Example
    13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4
    Polymer P1-1 P1-1 P1-1 P1-1 P1-1 P1-1 P1-1 P1-1 P1-12 P1-13 P1-14 P1-14
    Photoacid Generator B-1 20 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
    Photoacid Generator B-2 5
    Crosslinking Agent C-1 20 20 40 20
    Crosslinking Agent C-2 10
    Crosslinking Agent C-3 20
    Crosslinking Agent C-4 10
    Crosslinking Agent C-5 10
    Crosslinking Agent C-6 5
    Cured relief pattern good good good good good good good good bad — bad bad
    profile
    Elongation [%] 21 41 27 30 29 16 32 42 3 5 3 30
    Curing temperature [° C.] 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
  • Results shown in Table 2 reveal that the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention has sufficient alkali solubility, is excellent in tensile elongation of the cured film, and gives a resin film ensuring a good cured relief pattern profile.
    • Synthesis Example 12 Synthesis of Resin P2-1
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 91.8 g (0.833 mol) of resorcin, 109.0 g (0.45 mol) of 4,4′-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl (BMMB), 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours.
  • Subsequently, 8.3 g (0.050 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol and 83 g of PGME were mixed and stirred in a separate vessel, and the resulting uniformly dissolved solution was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the system was further stirred for 2 hours.
  • After the completion of reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 50 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred. The resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P2-1) at a yield of 78%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P2-1) thus synthesized was 6,600 in terms of polystyrene. FIG. 3 shows the NMR spectrum obtained by dissolving P2-1 in a deuterated dimethylsulfoxide solvent and measuring the solution by Model JNM-GSX 400 manufactured by JEOL Ltd.
    • Synthesis Example 13 Synthesis of Resin P2-2
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 85.6 g (0.778 mol) of resorcin, 96.9 g (0.40 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours.
  • Subsequently, 16.2 g (0.100 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol and 162 g of PGME were mixed and stirred in a separate vessel, and the resulting uniformly dissolved solution was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the system was further stirred for 2 hours. After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 12 was carried out to obtain Resin (P2-2) at a yield of 77%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P2-2) synthesized was 9,000 in terms of polystyrene. FIG. 4 shows the NMR spectrum obtained by measuring P2-2 in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 12.
    • Synthesis Example 14 Synthesis of Resin P2-3
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 81.3 g (0.738 mol) of resorcin, 84.8 g (0.35 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours.
  • Subsequently, 24.9 g (0.150 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol and 249 g of PGME were mixed and stirred in a separate vessel, and the resulting uniformly dissolved solution was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the system was further stirred for 2 hours.
  • After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 12 was carried out to obtain Resin (P2-3) at a yield of 77%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P2-3) synthesized was 9,900 in terms of polystyrene. FIG. 5 shows the NMR spectrum obtained by measuring P2-3 in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 12.
    • Synthesis Example 15 Synthesis of Resin P2-4
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 78.0 g (0.708 mol) of resorcin, 72.7 g (0.30 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours.
  • Subsequently, 33.2 g (0.200 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol and 332 g of PGME were mixed and stirred in a separate vessel, and the resulting uniformly dissolved solution was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the system was further stirred for 2 hours.
  • After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 12 was carried out to obtain Resin (P2-4) at a yield of 79%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P2-4) synthesized was 11,500 in terms of polystyrene. FIG. 6 shows the NMR spectrum obtained by measuring P2-4 in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 12.
    • Synthesis Example 16 Synthesis of Resin P2-5
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 73.7 g (0.667 mol) of resorcin, 48.5 g (0.20 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours.
  • Subsequently, 49.9 g (0.300 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol and 499 g of PGME were mixed and stirred in a separate vessel, and the resulting uniformly dissolved solution was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the system was further stirred for 2 hours. After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 12 was carried out to obtain Resin (P2-5) at a yield of 81%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P2-5) synthesized was 18,500 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 17 Synthesis of Resin P2-6
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 88.3 g (0.700 mol) of pyrogallol, 96.9 g (0.40 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 130 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 115° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours.
  • Subsequently, 16.6 g (0.100 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol and 166 g of PGME were mixed and stirred in a separate vessel, and the resulting uniformly dissolved solution was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the system was further stirred for 2 hours. After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 12 was carried out to obtain Resin (P2-6) at a yield of 81%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P2-6) synthesized was 11,200 in terms of polystyrene. FIG. 7 shows the NMR spectrum obtained by measuring P2-6 in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 12.
    • Synthesis Example 18 Synthesis of Resin P2-7
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 119.7 g (0.738 mol) of phloroglucinol dihydrate, 109.0 g (0.45 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 130 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours.
  • Subsequently, 8.3 g (0.100 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol and 83 g of PGME were mixed and stirred in a separate vessel, and the resulting uniformly dissolved solution was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the system was further stirred for 2 hours. After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 12 was carried out to obtain Resin (P2-7) at a yield of 84%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P2-7) synthesized was 21,000 in terms of polystyrene. FIG. 8 shows the NMR spectrum obtained by measuring P2-7 in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 12.
    • Synthesis Example 19 Synthesis of Resin P2-8
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 15 by using 39.6 g (0.200 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-4-ethoxyphenol in place of 33.2 g (0.200 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol of Synthesis Example 15, whereby Resin (P2-8) was obtained at a yield of 82%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P2-8) synthesized was 10,800 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 20 Synthesis of Resin P2-9
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 15 by using 47.7 g (0.200 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-4-t-butylphenol in place of 33.2 g (0.200 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol of Synthesis Example 15, whereby Resin (P2-9) was obtained at a yield of 80%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P2-9) synthesized was 10,200 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 21 Synthesis of Resin P2-10
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 91.8 g (0.833 mol) of resorcin, 82.1 g (0.18 mol) of TML-BPAF-MF (product name of Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 120° C. for 3 hours.
  • Subsequently, 41.5 g (0.25 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol and 83 g of PGME were mixed and stirred in a separate vessel, and the resulting uniformly dissolved solution was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the system was further stirred for 2 hours. After the completion of reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 50 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred. The resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P2-10) at a yield of 75%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P2-10) thus synthesized was 8,600 in terms of polystyrene.
  • The structure of TML-BPAF-MF is shown below.
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00067
    • Synthesis Example 22 Synthesis of Resin P2-11
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 12 by using 72.8 g (0.18 mol) of TMOM-BPA (product name of Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) in place of 82.1 g (0.18 mol) of TML-BPAF-MF (product name of Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) of Synthesis Example 21, whereby Resin (P2-11) was obtained at a yield of 73%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P2-11) synthesized was 7,600 in terms of polystyrene.
  • The structure of TMOM-BPA is shown below.
  • Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00068
    • <Evaluation Results of Alkali Solubility>
  • Using Resins P2-1 to P2-11 obtained in Synthesis Examples 12 to 22, Resin P2-12 (EP-4080G, a novolak resin, produced by Asahi Organic Chemicals Industry Co., Ltd., weight average molecular weight=10,600), Resin P2-13 (MEH-7851-4H, a phenol-biphenyldiyl resin, produced by Meiwa Plastic Industries, Ltd., weight average molecular weight=10,000) and Resin P2-14 (MEH-7851-SS, a phenol-biphenyldiyl resin, produced by Meiwa Plastic Industries, Ltd., weight average molecular weight=1,600), the alkali solubility was evaluated by the above-described method. The results are shown in Table 3 below.
  • TABLE 3
    Resin P2-1 P2-2 P2-3 P2-4 P2-5 P2-6 P2-7 P2-8 P2-9 P2-10 P2-11 P2-12 P2-13 P2-14
    Alkali dissolution 1.7 2.2 2.6 2.8 3.6 12.3 15.5 2.1 1.9 3.5 3.2 5.0 0.0 5.9
    rate [*10−2 um/sec]
    Evaluation of alkali good good good good good good good good good good good good bad good
    solubility
    • Preparation and Evaluation of Positive-Type Photosensitive Resin Composition Example 21
  • 100 Parts by mass of Resin (P2-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 12 and 11 parts by mass of Photoacid Generator (B-1) were dissolved in 114 parts by mass of γ-butyrolactone (GBL), and the solution was filtered through a 0.1 μm filter to prepare a positive-type photosensitive resin composition. The resin composition was evaluated for the cured relief pattern profile and tensile elongation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Example 22
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 1, except that 10 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent (C-1) was further added in Example 21. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Examples 23 to 32
  • Compositions were prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 22, except that Resin P2-1 was replaced by Resins P2-2 to P2-11 as shown in Table 4. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Example 33
  • 100 Parts by mass of Resin (P2-3), 5 parts by mass of Photoacid Generator (B-2) and 15 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent (C-1) were dissolved in 114 parts by mass of GBL, and the solution was filtered through a 0.1 μm filter to prepare a negative-type photosensitive resin composition. The resin composition was evaluated for the cured relief pattern profile and tensile elongation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Example 34
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 24, except that the amount added of Photosensitizing Agent B-1 was changed to 20 parts by mass in Example 24. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Example 35
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 24, except that the amount added of Crosslinking Agent C-1 was changed to 40 parts by mass in Example 24. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Example 36
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 24, except that 20 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent C-2 was added in place of Crosslinking Agent C-1 in Example 24. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Example 37
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 24, except that 20 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent C-3 was added in place of Crosslinking Agent C-1 in Example 24. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Example 38
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 24, except that 15 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent C-4 was added in place of Crosslinking Agent C-1 in Example 24. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Example 39
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 24, except that 10 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent C-5 was added in place of Crosslinking Agent C-1 in Example 24. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Example 40
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 24, except that 4 parts by mass of Thermal Acid Generator (D-1) was further added and evaluation was carried out at a curing temperature of 200° C. in Example 24. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Example 41
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 24, except that evaluation was carried out at a curing temperature of 200° C. in Example 24. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Example 42
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 26, except that 15 parts by mass of Photoacid Generator B-3 was added in place of Photoacid Generator B-1 in Example 26. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Example 43
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 26, except that 57 parts by mass of GBL and 57 parts by mass of tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol were added in place of 114 parts by mass of GBL in Example 26. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4
    • Example 44
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 26, except that 5 parts by mass of phthalic acid was further added in Example 26. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Example 45
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 26, except that 5 parts by mass of pyromellitic acid was further added in Example 26. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Comparative Example 5
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 21, except that Resin P2-1 was replaced by Resin (P2-12) in Example 21. With respect to the cured relief pattern profile, the pattern was buried, and the evaluation was “bad”. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Comparative Example 6
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 21, except that Resin P2-1 was replaced by Resin (P2-13) in Example 21. With respect to the cured relief pattern profile, a relief pattern could not be formed due to insufficient alkali solubility, failing in evaluation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Comparative Example 7
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 21, except that Resin P2-1 was replaced by Resin (P2-14) in Example 21. With respect to the cured relief pattern profile, the pattern was buried, and the evaluation was “bad”. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
    • Comparative Example 8
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 22, except that Resin P2-1 was replaced by Resin (P2-14) in Example 22. With respect to the cured relief pattern profile, the pattern was buried, and the evaluation was “bad”. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
  • TABLE 4
    Example
    21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
    Polymer (100 parts by mass) P2-1 P2-1 P2-2 P2-3 P2-4 P2-5 P2-6 P2-7 P2-8 P2-9
    Photoacid Generator B-1 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
    (parts by mass)
    Photoacid Generator B-2
    (parts by mass)
    Photoacid Generator B-3
    (parts by mass)
    Crosslinking Agent C-1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
    (parts by mass)
    Crosslinking Agent C-2
    (parts by mass)
    Crosslinking Agent C-3
    (parts by mass)
    Crosslinking Agent C-4
    (parts by mass)
    Crosslinking Agent C-5
    (parts by mass)
    Thermal Acid Generator D-1
    (parts by mass)
    GBL 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114
    Tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol
    Phthalic acid
    Pyromellitic acid
    Cured relief pattern good good good good good good good good good good
    profile
    Elongation [%] 14 69 67 66 52 36 38 36 47 42
    Curing temperature [° C.] 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225
    Example
    31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
    Polymer (100 parts by mass) P2-10 P2-11 P2-3 P2-3 P2-3 P2-3 P2-3 P2-3 P2-3 P2-3
    Photoacid Generator B-1 11 11 20 11 11 11 11 11 11
    (parts by mass)
    Photoacid Generator B-2 5
    (parts by mass)
    Photoacid Generator B-3
    (parts by mass)
    Crosslinking Agent C-1 10 10 15 10 40 10
    (parts by mass)
    Crosslinking Agent C-2 20
    (parts by mass)
    Crosslinking Agent C-3 20
    (parts by mass)
    Crosslinking Agent C-4 15
    (parts by mass)
    Crosslinking Agent C-5 10
    (parts by mass)
    Thermal Acid Generator D-1 4
    (parts by mass)
    GBL 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114
    Tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol
    Phthalic acid
    Pyromellitic acid
    Cured relief pattern good good good good good good good good good good
    profile
    Elongation [%] 32 30 57 52 42 35 28 35 58 42
    Curing temperature [° C.] 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 200
    Example Comparative Example
    41 42 43 44 45 5 6 7 8
    Polymer (100 parts by mass) P2-3 P2-5 P2-5 P2-5 P2-5 P2-12 P2-13 P2-14 P2-14
    Photoacid Generator B-1 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
    (parts by mass)
    Photoacid Generator B-2
    (parts by mass)
    Photoacid Generator B-3 15
    (parts by mass)
    Crosslinking Agent C-1 10 10 10 10 10 10
    (parts by mass)
    Crosslinking Agent C-2
    (parts by mass)
    Crosslinking Agent C-3
    (parts by mass)
    Crosslinking Agent C-4
    (parts by mass)
    Crosslinking Agent C-5
    (parts by mass)
    Thermal Acid Generator D-1
    (parts by mass)
    GBL 114 114 57 114 114 114 114 114 114
    Tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol 57
    Phthalic acid 5
    Pyromellitic acid 5
    Cured relief pattern good good good good good bad — bad bad
    profile
    Elongation [%] 24 25 22 24 24 3 5 3 22
    Curing temperature [° C.] 200 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225
  • Results shown in Table 4 reveal that in Examples 21 to 45, tensile elongation of the cured film is excellent, pattern formation with a thick film is possible, and a resin film ensuring a good cured relief pattern profile is formed.
    • Synthesis Example 23 Synthesis of Resin P3-1
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 81.3 g (0.738 mol) of resorcin, 84.8 g (0.35 mol) of 4,4′-bis(methoxymethyl)biphenyl (hereinafter, referred to as “BMMB”), 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Subsequently, 12.3 g (purity content: 0.15 mol) of a formaldehyde solution (37%) in a separate vessel was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to 60° C., and the system was further stirred for 2 hours.
  • After the completion of reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 50 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred. The resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P3-1) at a yield of 82%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-1) synthesized was 8,700 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 24 Synthesis of Resin P3-2
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 91.8 g (0.833 mol) of resorcin, 109.0 g (0.45 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Subsequently, 4.1 g (pure content: 0.050 mol) of a formaldehyde solution (37%) in a separate vessel was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to 60° C., and the system was further stirred for 2 hours.
  • After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 23 was carried out to obtain Resin (P3-2) at a yield of 74%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-2) synthesized was 6,400 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 25 Synthesis of Resin P3-3
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 85.6 g (0.778 mol) of resorcin, 96.9 g (0.40 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Subsequently, 8.2 g (pure content: 0.10 mol) of a formaldehyde solution (37%) in a separate vessel was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to 60° C., and the system was further stirred for 2 hours.
  • After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 23 was carried out to obtain Resin (P3-3) at a yield of 83%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-3) thus synthesized was 8,200 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 26 Synthesis of Resin P3-4
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 78.0 g (0.708 mol) of resorcin, 72.7 g (0.30 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Subsequently, 16.4 g (0.200 mol) of a formaldehyde solution (37%) in a separate vessel was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to 60° C., and the system was further stirred for 2 hours.
  • After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 23 was carried out to obtain Resin (P3-4) at a yield of 82%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-4) synthesized was 10,200 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 27 Synthesis of Resin P3-5
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 73.7 g (0.68 mol) of resorcin, 48.5 g (0.20 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Subsequently, 24.6 g (pure content: 0.300 mol) of a formaldehyde solution (37%) in a separate vessel was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to 60° C., and the system was further stirred for 2 hours.
  • After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 1 was carried out to obtain Resin (P3-5) at a yield of 74%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-5) synthesized was 13,900 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 28 Synthesis of Resin P3-6
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 88.3 g (0.700 mol) of pyrogallol, 96.9 g (0.40 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 115° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Subsequently, 8.2 g (pure content: 0.10 mol) of a formaldehyde solution (37%) in a separate vessel was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to 60° C., and the system was further stirred for 2 hours.
  • After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 23 was carried out to obtain Resin (P3-6) at a yield of 80%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-6) synthesized was 10,600 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 29 Synthesis of Resin P3-7
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 119.7 g (0.738 mol) of phloroglucinol dihydrate, 109.0 g (0.45 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Subsequently, 4.1 g (pure content: 0.050 mol) of a formaldehyde solution (37%) in a separate vessel was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to 60° C., and the system was further stirred for 2 hours.
  • After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 23 was carried out to obtain Resin (P3-7) at a yield of 71%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-7) synthesized was 18,600 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 30 Synthesis of Resin P3-8
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 82.6 g (0.750 mol) of resorcin, 84.8 g (0.350 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Subsequently, 8.7 g (0.150 mol) of propionaldehyde and 50 g of PGME were mixed and stirred in a separate vessel, and the resulting uniformly dissolved solution was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to 60° C., and the system was further stirred for 2 hours.
  • After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 23 was carried out to obtain Resin (P3-8) at a yield of 82%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-8) synthesized was 8,500 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 31 Synthesis of Resin P3-9
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 84.0 g (0.763 mol) of resorcin, 84.8 g (0.350 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Subsequently, 15.0 g (0.150 mol) of 2-methylvaleraldehyde and 50 g of PGME were mixed and stirred in a separate vessel, and the resulting uniformly dissolved solution was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to 60° C., and the system was further stirred for 2 hours.
  • After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 23 was carried out to obtain Resin (P3-9) at a yield of 81%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-9) synthesized was 8,400 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 32 Synthesis of Resin P3-10
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 89.5 g (0.813 mol) of resorcin, 84.8 g (0.350 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • Subsequently, 27.6 g (0.150 mol) of dodecanal was diluted with 50 g of PGME in a separate vessel and then added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to 60° C., and the system was further stirred for 2 hours.
  • After the completion of reaction, the same processing as in Synthesis Example 23 was carried out to obtain Resin (P3-10) at a yield of 79%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-10) synthesized was 7,900 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 33 Synthesis of Resin P3-11
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 31 by using 18.3 g (0.150 mol) of 5-norbornenecarboxyaldehyde in place of 15.0 g (0.150 mol) of 2-methylvaleraldehyde of Synthesis Example 31, whereby Resin (P3-11) was obtained at a yield of 80%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-11) synthesized was 8,800 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 34 Synthesis of Resin P3-12
  • Synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 31 by using 18.3 g (0.150 mol) of salicylaldehyde in place of 15.0 g (0.150 mol) of 2-methylvaleraldehyde of Synthesis Example 31, whereby Resin (P3-12) was obtained at a yield of 76%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P3-12) synthesized was 8,600 in terms of polystyrene.
    • <Evaluation of Alkali Solubility>
  • Using Resins P3-1 to P3-12 obtained in Synthesis Examples 23 to 34, Resin P3-13 (EP-4080G, a novolak resin, produced by Asahi Organic Chemicals Industry Co., Ltd., weight average molecular weight=10,600), Resin P-14 (MEH-7851-4H, a phenol-biphenyldiyl resin, produced by Meiwa Plastic Industries, Ltd., weight average molecular weight=10,000) and Resin P-15 (MEH-7851-SS, a phenol-biphenyldiyl resin, produced by Meiwa Plastic Industries, Ltd., weight average molecular weight=1,600), the alkali solubility was evaluated by the above-described method. The results are shown in Table 5 below.
  • TABLE 5
    Polymer P3-1 P3-2 P3-3 P3-4 P3-5 P3-6 P3-7 P3-8 P3-9 P3-10 P3-11 P3-12 P3-13 P3-14 P3-15
    Alkali dissolution 3.2 1.9 3.1 2.8 4.1 10.4 14.7 2.9 2.8 2.5 2.8 2.9 5.0 0.0 5.9
    rate [*10−2 um/sec]
    Evaluation of alkali good good good good good good good good good good good good good bad good
    solubility
    • Preparation and Evaluation of Positive-Type Photosensitive Resin Composition Example 46
  • 100 Parts by mass of Resin (P3-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 23 and 11 parts by mass of Photoacid Generator (B-1) were dissolved in 114 parts by mass of γ-butyrolactone (GBL), and the solution was filtered through a 0.1 μm filter to prepare a positive-type photosensitive resin composition. The resin composition was evaluated for the residual film ratio during heat curing, cured relief pattern profile and tensile elongation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
    • Example 47
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 46, except that 10 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent (C-1) was further added in Example 46. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
    • Examples 48 to 58
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 47, except that Resin P3-1 was replaced by Resins P3-2 to P3-12 obtained in Synthesis Examples 24 to 34 as shown in Table 6 in Example 47. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
    • Example 59
  • 100 Parts by mass of Resin (P3-1), 5 parts by mass of Photoacid Generator (B-2) and 15 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent (C-1) were dissolved in 114 parts by mass of GBL, and the solution was filtered through a 0.1 μm filter to prepare a negative-type photosensitive resin composition. The resin composition was evaluated for the cured relief pattern profile and tensile elongation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
    • Example 60
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 47, except that the amount added of Photoacid Generator B-1 was changed to 20 parts by mass in Example 47. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
    • Example 61
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 47, except that the amount added of Crosslinking Agent C-1 was changed to 40 parts by mass in Example 47. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
    • Example 62
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 47, except that 20 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent C-2 was added in place of Crosslinking Agent C-1 in Example 47. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
    • Example 63
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 47, except that 20 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent C-3 was added in place of Crosslinking Agent C-1 in Example 47. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
    • Example 64
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 47, except that 15 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent C-4 was added in place of Crosslinking Agent C-1 in Example 47. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
    • Example 65
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 47, except that 10 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent C-7 was added in place of Crosslinking Agent C-1 in Example 47. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
    • Examples 66 and 67
  • Example 66 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 47, except that 4 parts by mass of Thermal Acid Generator (D-1) was further added and the curing temperature was set to 200° C. in Example 47. Example 67 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 47, except that the curing temperature was set to 200° C. in Example 47. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
    • Comparative Example 9
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 46, except that Resin P3-1 was replaced by Resin (P3-13) in Example 46. With respect to the cured relief pattern profile, the pattern was buried, and the evaluation was “bad”. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
    • Comparative Example 10
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 47, except that Resin P3-1 was replaced by Resin (P3-13) in Example 47. With respect to the cured relief pattern profile, the pattern was buried, and the evaluation was “bad”. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
    • Comparative Example 11
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 46, except that Resin P3-1 was replaced by Resin (P3-14) in Example 46. With respect to the cured relief pattern profile, a relief pattern could not be formed due to insufficient alkali solubility, failing in evaluation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
    • Comparative Example 12
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 46, except that Resin P3-1 was replaced by Resin (P3-15) in Example 46. With respect to the cured relief pattern profile, the pattern was buried, and the evaluation was “bad”. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
    • Comparative Example 13
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 47, except that Resin P3-1 was replaced by Resin (P3-15) in Example 47. With respect to the cured relief pattern profile, the pattern was buried, and the evaluation was “bad”. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.
  • TABLE 6
    Example
    46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55
    Polymer (100 parts by mass) P3-1 P3-1 P3-2 P3-3 P3-4 P3-5 P3-6 P3-7 P3-8 P3-9
    Photoacid Generator B-1 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
    Photoacid Generator B-2
    Crosslinking Agent C-1 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
    Crosslinking Agent C-2 20
    Crosslinking Agent C-3 20
    Crosslinking Agent C-4 15
    Crosslinking Agent C-7 10
    Thermal Acid Generator D-1 4
    Residual film ratio during 85.1 86.3 85.3 85.8 86.9 85.7 85.4 86.6 86.5 86.8
    curing [%]
    Cured relief pattern good good good good good good good good good good
    profile
    Elongation [%] 10 51 37 46 39 25 29 27 46 42
    Curing temperature [° C.] 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225
    Example
    56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65
    Polymer (100 parts by mass) P3-10 P3-11 P3-12 P3-1 P3-1 P3-1 P3-1 P3-1 P3-1 P3-1
    Photoacid Generator B-1 11 11 11 20 11 11 11 11 11
    Photoacid Generator B-2 5
    Crosslinking Agent C-1 10 10 10 15 10 40
    Crosslinking Agent C-2 20
    Crosslinking Agent C-3 20
    Crosslinking Agent C-4 15
    Crosslinking Agent C-7 10
    Thermal Acid Generator D-1
    Residual film ratio during 87 86.7 87.2 87.4 84.9 87.3 86.2 85.4 87.3 88.2
    curing [%]
    Cured relief pattern good good good good good good good good good good
    profile
    Elongation [%] 32 36 35 41 43 36 41 36 42 48
    Curing temperature [° C.] 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225
    Example Comparative Example
    66 67 9 10 11 12 13
    Polymer (100 parts by mass) P3-1 P3-1 P3-13 P3-13 P3-14 P3-15 P3-15
    Photoacid Generator B-1 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
    Photoacid Generator B-2
    Crosslinking Agent C-1 10 10 10 10
    Crosslinking Agent C-2
    Crosslinking Agent C-3
    Crosslinking Agent C-4
    Crosslinking Agent C-7
    Thermal Acid Generator D-1 4
    Residual film ratio during 87.2 87.7 76.4 81.2 — 85.2 86.8
    curing [%]
    Cured relief pattern good good bad bad — bad bad
    profile
    Elongation [%] 45 27 3 4 5 3 22
    Curing temperature [° C.] 200 200 225 225 225 225 225
  • It is understood from Table 6 that the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is excellent in tensile elongation of the cured film, enables pattern formation with a thick film, and provides a resin film ensuring a good cured relief pattern profile.
    • Synthesis Example 35 Synthesis of Resin P4-1
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 83.3 g (0.885 mol) of phenol, 48.5 g (0.20 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of diglyme (DMDG) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 150° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 150° C. for 3 hours, and then the solution was cooled to 120° C.
  • Subsequently, 50.5 g (0.300 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol and 450 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred in a separate vessel, and the resulting uniformly dissolved solution was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the system was further stirred for 2 hours.
  • After the completion of reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and the resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P4-1) at a yield of 64%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P4-1) synthesized was 4,700 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 36 Synthesis of Resin P4-2
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 114.1 g (0.75 mol) of methyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, 72.7 g (0.30 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 116 g of diglyme (DMDG) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 150° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. In this state, the reaction solution was stirred at 150° C. for 3 hours, and then the solution was cooled to 120° C.
  • Subsequently, 33.2 g (0.200 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol and 332 g of PGME were mixed and stirred in a separate vessel, and the resulting uniformly dissolved solution was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the system was further stirred for 2 hours.
  • After the completion of reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and the resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P4-2) at a yield of 74%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P4-2) synthesized was 6,900 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 37 Synthesis of Resin P4-3
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 95.8 g (0.870 mol) of resorcin, 84.8 g (0.500 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • After the completion of reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 300 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred. The resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P4-3) at a yield of 66%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P4-3) synthesized was 5,800 in terms of polystyrene. FIG. 9 shows the NMR spectrum obtained by dissolving P4-3 in a deuterated dimethylsulfoxide solvent and measuring the solution by Model JNM-GSX 400 manufactured by JEOL Ltd.
    • Synthesis Example 38 Synthesis of Resin P4-4
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 60.6 g (0.550 mol) of resorcin, 84.8 g (0.500 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • After the completion of reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 400 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred. The resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P4-4) at a yield of 71%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P4-4) synthesized was 38,600 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 39 Synthesis of Resin P4-5
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 59.0 g (0.536 mol) of resorcin, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 40° C. to dissolve solids.
  • Subsequently, 40.6 g (purity content: 0.50 mol) of a formaldehyde solution (37%) was added dropwise over 1 hour to the separable flask by using a dropping funnel. After the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to 60° C., and the system was further stirred for 2 hours.
  • After the completion of reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 400 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred. The resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P4-5) at a yield of 82%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P4-5) synthesized was 27,900 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 40 Synthesis of Resin P4-6
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 84.1 g (0.667 mol) of pyrogallol, 121.2 g (0.500 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of diglyme (DMDG) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • After the completion of reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 300 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred. The resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P4-6) at a yield of 79%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P4-6) synthesized was 12,800 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 41 Synthesis of Resin P4-7
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 67.3 g (0.533 mol) of pyrogallol, 84.1 g (0.500 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)p-cresol, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 120° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 120° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • After the completion of reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 400 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred. The resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P4-7) at a yield of 83%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P4-7) synthesized was 45,700 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 42 Synthesis of Resin P4-8
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 114.1 g (0.750 mol) of methyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, 121.2 g (0.500 mol) of BMMB, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of diglyme (DMDG) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 150° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 150° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • After the completion of reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 300 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred. The resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P4-8) at a yield of 76%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P4-8) synthesized was 6,600 in terms of polystyrene.
    • Synthesis Example 43 Synthesis of Resin P4-9
  • A 1.0 L-volume separable flask with a Dean-Stark device was purged with nitrogen and thereafter, in the separable flask, 91.3 g (0.600 mol) of methyl 2-hydroxybenzoate, 84.1 g (0.500 mol) of 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-p-cresol, 3.81 g (0.02 mol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid, and 150 g of diglyme (DMDG) were mixed and stirred at 50° C. to dissolve solids.
  • The mixed solution dissolved was heated to 130° C. in an oil bath, and generation of methanol was confirmed by the reaction solution. After stirring the reaction solution for 3 hours while maintaining 130° C., the solution was cooled to room temperature.
  • After the completion of reaction, the reaction vessel was cooled in the atmosphere, and 300 g of PGME was separately added thereto and stirred. The resulting diluted reaction solution was added dropwise to 8 L of water with high-speed stirring to disperse and precipitate a resin, and the resin was recovered, appropriately washed with water, dewatered and then vacuum-dried to obtain Resin (P4-9) at a yield of 76%. The weight average molecular weight by GPC of Resin (P4-9) synthesized was 12,100 in terms of polystyrene.
    • <Evaluation of Alkali Solubility>
  • Polymers P-1 to P-12 were prepared using Resins P4-1 to P4-9 obtained in Synthesis Examples 35 to 42, EP-4080G (P4-10), and/or MEH-7851-SS (P4-11) individually or as a resin mixture at the mixing ratio shown in Table 7 and evaluated for the alkali solubility by the above-described method. The results are shown in Table 7 below.
  • TABLE 7
    Polymer P-1 P-2 P-3 P-4 P-5 P-6 P-7 P-8 P-9 P-10 P-11 P-12
    P4-1 100
    P4-2 100
    P4-3 100 50 80 60 40 60
    P4-4 50 20 40 60
    P4-5 40
    P4-6 60
    P4-7 50
    P4-8 60
    P4-9 40
    P4-10 40
    P4-11 50
    Alkali 1.2 1.6 1.3 3.0 4.9 1.6 2.3 2.7 4.1 3.9 5.8 1.4
    dissolution
    rate [*10−2
    um/sec]
    Evaluation good good good good good good good good good good good good
    of alkali
    solubility
    • Preparation and Evaluation of Photosensitive Resin Composition Example 68
  • 100 Parts by mass of Resin (P4-1) obtained in Synthesis Example 35, 5 parts by mass of Photoacid Generator (B-2) and 15 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent (C-1) were dissolved in 114 parts by mass of γ-butyrolactone (GBL), and the solution was filtered through a 0.1 μm filter to prepare a negative-type photosensitive resin composition. The resin composition was evaluated for the residual film ration during heat curing, cured relief pattern profile and tensile elongation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 8.
    • Example 69
  • 100 Parts by mass of Resin (P4-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 36, 11 parts by mass of Photoacid Generator (B-1) and 10 parts by mass of Crosslinking Agent (C-1) were dissolved in 114 parts by mass of γ-butyrolactone (GBL), and the solution was filtered through a 0.1 μm filter to prepare a positive-type photosensitive resin composition. The resin composition was evaluated for the residual film ration during heat curing, cured relief pattern profile and tensile elongation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 8.
    • Example 70
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 68, except that 100 parts by mass of Resin (P4-1) was replaced by 100 parts by mass of Resin (P4-3) in Example 68. The evaluation results are shown in Table 8.
    • Examples 71 and 72
  • Negative-type photosensitive resin compositions were prepared by blending Resins P4-3, P4-4, P4-10 and P4-11, Photoacid Generator (B-2) and Crosslinking Agent (C-1) at the blending ratio shown in Table 8, dissolving these components in 114 parts by mass of GBL, and filtering the solution through a 0.1 μm filter and evaluated for the cured relief pattern profile and tensile elongation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 8.
    • Examples 73 to 79
  • Positive-type photosensitive resin compositions were prepared by blending Resins P4-3 to P4-11, Photoacid Generator (B-1) and Crosslinking Agent (C-1) at the blending ratio shown in Table 8, dissolving these components in 114 parts by mass of GBL, and filtering the solution through a 0.1 μm filter and evaluated for the cured relief pattern profile and tensile elongation. The evaluation results are shown in Table 8.
    • Comparative Example 14
  • Preparation and evaluation were carried out in the same manner as in Example 69, except that 100 parts by mass of Resin (P4-2) was replaced by 50 parts by mass of Resin (P4-10) and 50 parts by mass of Resin (P4-11) in Example 69. With respect to the cured relief pattern profile, the pattern was buried, and the evaluation was “bad”. The evaluation results are shown in Table 8.
  • TABLE 8
    Example Comparative
    68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 Example 14
    P4-1 100
    P4-2 100
    P4-3 100 50 80 60 40 60
    P4-4 50 20 40 60
    P4-5 40
    P4-6 60
    P4-7 50
    P4-8 60
    P4-9 40
    P4-10 50 40 50
    P4-11 50 50 50
    Photoacid Generator B-1 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
    Photoacid Generator B-2 5 5 5 5
    Crosslinking Agent C-1 15 10 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
    Cured relief pattern good good good good good good good good good good good good bad
    profile
    Elongation [%] 11 19 26 15 13 31 24 17 21 25 19 14 13
    Curing temperature 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225
  • It is understood from Table 8 that the photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is excellent in tensile elongation of the cured film, enables pattern formation with a thick film, exhibits a high residual film ratio during curing, and gives a resin film ensuring a good cured relief pattern profile.
  • With respect to the photosensitive resin compositions of Examples 2, 26, 44, 45, 51 and 75 and Comparative Examples 1, 3, 4 and 14, the curing temperature was set to 200° C., and the tensile elongation measurement, glass transition temperature measurement, residual stress measurement and cross-sectional angle measurement were carried out by the above-described methods. The evaluation results are shown in Table 9.
  • TABLE 9
    Example Comparative Example
    2 26 44 45 51 75 1 3 4 14
    Elongation 25 32 22 22 25 21 2 5 21 11
    [%]
    Glass 221 212 215 217 214 202 170 81 160 197
    transition
    temperature
    [° C.]
    Residual 17 12 14 15 14 14 10 4 22 18
    stress
    [MPa]
    Cross- 48 55 74 84 51 41 18 could 12 15
    sectional not be
    angle [°] measured
    Curing 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
    temperature
    [° C.]
    • INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY
  • The photosensitive resin composition of the present invention can be suitably used as a surface protective film of a semiconductor device, a display device and a light-emitting device, an interlayer insulating film, an insulating film for rewiring, a protective film for a flip-chip device, a protective film of a device having a bump structure, an interlayer insulating film of a multilayer circuit, a cover coat of a flexible copper clad laminate, a solder resist film, a liquid crystal alignment film, etc.

Claims (15)

1. A photosensitive resin composition comprising:
(A-2) a resin mixture including a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (7) and a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (8), and
(B) a photoacid generator,
wherein the weight ratio of said resin containing a structure represented by formula (7): said resin containing a structure represented by formula (8) is from 5:95 to 95:5:
Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00069
wherein in formulae (7) and (8), each X is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, an alkoxyalkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a silyl group substituted with at least one alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a tetrahydropyranyl group, and a tetrahydrofuranyl group;
each m1 is independently an integer of 1 to 3, provided that the plurality of m1 are not 1 at the same time, each m2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2, and 2≦(m1+m2)≦4;
each of m3 and m4 is independently an integer of 0 to 4;
each of n1 and n2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500;
each R1 is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a nitro group, a cyano group, and a group represented by following formula (5) or (6);
when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same as or different from each other;
each of R2 to R5 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom;
each of R6 and R7 is independently a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group;
when m3 is an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R6 may be the same as or different from each other;
when m4 is an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R7 may be the same as or different from each other;
Y is a divalent organic group represented by following formula (3) or (4);
W is a divalent group selected from the group consisting of a single bond, a chain aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, a chain aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 20, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom, an alkylene oxide group having from 1 to 20 repeating units, and groups represented by following formula (2):
Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00070
wherein in formula (3), each of R8 and R9 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11, or a group containing a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phenolic hydroxyl group;
Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00071
wherein in formula (4), each of R11 to R14 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom;
m5 is an integer of 1 to 4;
when m5 is 1, R10 is a hydroxyl group;
when n5 is an integer of 2 to 4, at least one R10 is a hydroxyl group and the remaining R10 are a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group; and
all R10 may be the same or different;
Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00072
wherein in formula (5), R15 is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, —NH2, and groups represented by —NH—R19, —N(R19)2 and —O—R19 wherein R19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18;
Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00073
wherein in formula (6), each of R16 and R17′ is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18, and R16 and R17′ may form a ring.
2. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein in formulae (7) and (8), all X are a hydrogen atom.
3. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein said resin containing a structure represented by formula (7) contains a structure represented by following formula (9) and said resin containing a structure represented by formula (8) contains a structure represented by following formula (10):
Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00074
wherein in formulae (9) and (10), each m2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2, provided that the plurality of m2 are not 0 at the same time;
each R1 is independently a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a nitro group, a cyano group, and a group represented by formula (5) or (6);
when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same as or different from each other; and
R2 to R7, X, Y, W, m3, m4, n1 and n2 are as defined in formulae (7) and (8) above.
4. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 3, wherein in formulae (9) and (10), all X are a hydrogen atom.
5. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein Y in formula (8) is a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (11) or (12):

—CHR8—  (11)
wherein in formula (11), R8 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 11;
Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00075
wherein in formula (12), R17 is a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, m6 is an integer of 0 to 3, and when m6 is 2 or 3, the plurality of R17 may be the same or different.
6. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 3, wherein Y in formula (10) is a resin containing a structure represented by formula (11) or (12).
7. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein R1 in formulae (7) and (8) is at least one member selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, and a group represented by formula (5), W in formula (7) is a single bond, and R15 in formula (5) is a monovalent group selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, —NH2, and groups represented by —NH—R19, —N(R19)2 and —O—R19 (wherein R19 is a monovalent group selected from an aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an alicyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 12, and an aromatic group having a carbon number of 6 to 18.
8. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein said resin mixture (A-2) is a resin mixture including a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (15) and a resin containing a structure represented by following formula (8a) and the weight ratio of said resin containing a structure represented by formula (15): said resin containing a structure represented by formula (8a) is from 35:65 to 80:20:
Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00076
wherein in formulae (15) and (8a), m1 is from 1 to 3;
each m2 is independently an integer of 0 to 2;
each of m3 and m4 is independently an integer of 0 to 4;
each of n1 and n2 is independently an integer of 1 to 500;
each R1 is independently a monovalent group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 selected from a hydrocarbon group and an alkoxy group;
when m2 is 2, the plurality of R1 may be the same as or different from each other;
each R2 to R5 is independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, or a monovalent aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, in which some hydrogen atoms or all hydrogen atoms are substituted with a fluorine atom;
each of R6 and R7 is independently a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group;
when m3 is from 2 to 4, the plurality of R6 may be the same as or different from each other;
when m4 is an integer of 2 to 4, the plurality of R7 may be the same as or different from each other; and
Y is a methylene group or a structure represented by following formula (16):
Figure US20170102613A1-20170413-C00077
9. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein said photoacid generator (B) is a compound having a naphthoquinonediazide structure.
10. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1 further comprising (C) a crosslinking agent.
11. The photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1 further comprising (D) a thermal acid generator.
12. A method for producing a cured relief pattern, comprising the following steps:
(1) a step of forming, on a substrate, a photosensitive resin layer containing the photosensitive′ resin composition according to any one of claims 1-11,
(2) a step of exposing said photosensitive resin layer to light,
(3) a step of removing the exposed area or unexposed area with a developer to obtain a relief pattern, and
(4) a step of heat-treating said relief pattern.
13. A cured relief pattern produced by the method according to claim 12.
14. A semiconductor device comprising a semiconductor element and a cured film provided on the top of said semiconductor element, wherein said cured film is the cured relief pattern according to claim 13.
15. A display device comprising a display element and a cured film provided on the top of said display element, wherein said cured film is the cured relief pattern according to claim 13.
US15/388,540 2011-12-09 2016-12-22 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device Abandoned US20170102613A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/388,540 US20170102613A1 (en) 2011-12-09 2016-12-22 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device

Applications Claiming Priority (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011-270661 2011-12-09
JP2011270661 2011-12-09
JP2011290126 2011-12-28
JP2011-290126 2011-12-28
JP2012-057990 2012-03-14
JP2012057990 2012-03-14
US14/363,557 US9575410B2 (en) 2011-12-09 2012-12-06 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device
PCT/JP2012/081691 WO2013085004A1 (en) 2011-12-09 2012-12-06 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device
US15/388,540 US20170102613A1 (en) 2011-12-09 2016-12-22 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2012/081691 Division WO2013085004A1 (en) 2011-12-09 2012-12-06 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device
US14/363,557 Division US9575410B2 (en) 2011-12-09 2012-12-06 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20170102613A1 true US20170102613A1 (en) 2017-04-13

Family

ID=48574359

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/363,557 Active 2033-01-25 US9575410B2 (en) 2011-12-09 2012-12-06 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device
US15/388,540 Abandoned US20170102613A1 (en) 2011-12-09 2016-12-22 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/363,557 Active 2033-01-25 US9575410B2 (en) 2011-12-09 2012-12-06 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (2) US9575410B2 (en)
JP (2) JP6228460B2 (en)
KR (2) KR101901046B1 (en)
CN (2) CN103988127B (en)
TW (1) TWI481955B (en)
WO (1) WO2013085004A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11199776B2 (en) * 2016-07-27 2021-12-14 Toray Industries, Inc. Resin composition
US11860537B2 (en) * 2017-04-28 2024-01-02 Merck Patent Gmbh Positive type photosensitive siloxane composition and cured film formed by using the same

Families Citing this family (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5894106B2 (en) 2012-06-18 2016-03-23 信越化学工業株式会社 Compound for forming resist underlayer film, resist underlayer film material using the same, resist underlayer film forming method, pattern forming method
JP6294023B2 (en) * 2013-07-29 2018-03-14 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device
JP6270372B2 (en) * 2013-08-14 2018-01-31 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device
JP6209035B2 (en) * 2013-09-25 2017-10-04 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, and method for producing semiconductor device
KR101705755B1 (en) * 2013-12-19 2017-02-10 제일모직 주식회사 Positive photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin film prepared by using the same, and display device
JP6515919B2 (en) 2014-03-13 2019-05-22 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Resist composition and method for forming resist pattern
WO2015137486A1 (en) 2014-03-13 2015-09-17 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社 Compound, resin, base layer film-forming material for lithography, base layer film for lithography, pattern-forming method, and method for refining compound or resin
KR20150121390A (en) 2014-04-18 2015-10-29 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Display device and manufacturing method thereof
KR101754901B1 (en) * 2014-05-16 2017-07-06 제일모직 주식회사 Hardmask composition and method of forming patterns using the hardmask composition
JP6503160B2 (en) * 2014-07-07 2019-04-17 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition and method of forming cured relief pattern
JP6898609B2 (en) 2014-09-02 2021-07-07 学校法人東京理科大学 Method for manufacturing conductive film
KR101726929B1 (en) * 2014-12-04 2017-04-14 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Epoxy resin composition for encapsulating semiconductor device and semiconductor device encapsulated by using the same
WO2016136563A1 (en) * 2015-02-27 2016-09-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, mask blank including active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and method for producing electronic device
JP2016177010A (en) * 2015-03-18 2016-10-06 住友ベークライト株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, resin film and electronic device
EP3279179B1 (en) 2015-03-30 2019-12-18 Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc. Compound, resin, and purification method thereof, material for forming underlayer film for lithography, composition for forming underlayer film , and underlayer film, as well as resist pattern forming method and circuit pattern forming method.
KR102527656B1 (en) 2015-03-30 2023-05-02 미쯔비시 가스 케미칼 컴파니, 인코포레이티드 Resist substrate, resist composition and resist pattern formation method
JP6571585B2 (en) * 2015-06-08 2019-09-04 信越化学工業株式会社 Semiconductor device, stacked semiconductor device, post-sealing stacked semiconductor device, and manufacturing method thereof
KR101718107B1 (en) * 2015-08-21 2017-03-20 영창케미칼 주식회사 Negative photoresist composition having characteristics possible to perform organic pattern coating process on pattern formed with the composition, method for manufacturing optical sensors using the composition and the optical sensors manufactured thereby
JP7176844B2 (en) * 2015-10-19 2022-11-22 日産化学株式会社 Composition for forming resist underlayer film containing long-chain alkyl group-containing novolak
TWI711655B (en) * 2015-12-02 2020-12-01 日商迪愛生股份有限公司 Resin and resist film containing phenolic hydroxyl group
KR101655947B1 (en) * 2016-03-22 2016-09-09 영창케미칼 주식회사 KrF LASER NEGATIVE-WORKING PHOTORESIST COMPOSITION HAVING HIGH RESOLUTION AND HIGH ASPECT RATIO
JP2017173741A (en) * 2016-03-25 2017-09-28 アーゼッド・エレクトロニック・マテリアルズ（ルクセンブルグ）ソシエテ・ア・レスポンサビリテ・リミテ Photosensitive siloxane composition
JP6609370B2 (en) * 2016-03-30 2019-11-20 東京応化工業株式会社 Surface treatment method and surface treatment liquid
JP6920838B2 (en) * 2016-03-31 2021-08-18 東京応化工業株式会社 Composition for forming an interlayer insulating film, a method for forming an interlayer insulating film and an interlayer insulating film pattern, and a device.
KR101877029B1 (en) * 2016-05-13 2018-07-11 영창케미칼 주식회사 Chemical amplified type negative resist composition
JP6915340B2 (en) * 2017-03-27 2021-08-04 住友ベークライト株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film and electrical / electronic equipment
WO2018181340A1 (en) * 2017-03-31 2018-10-04 太陽ホールディングス株式会社 Positive-type photosensitive resin composition, dry film, cured product, printed wiring board, and semiconductor device
KR102106397B1 (en) * 2017-06-13 2020-05-04 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Photo-sensitive Composition, Cured Film Prepared Therefrom, and Electronic Device Incorporating the Cured Film
KR102106398B1 (en) * 2017-07-21 2020-05-04 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Photo-sensitive Composition, Cured Film Prepared Therefrom, and Electronic Device Incorporating the Cured Film
JP6454769B2 (en) * 2017-11-06 2019-01-16 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device
KR102244474B1 (en) * 2017-12-04 2021-04-23 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Positive photosensitive resin composition including photosensitive novolak resin, photosensitive resin layer prepared by using the same and semiconductor device including the photosensitive resin layer
KR102275345B1 (en) * 2018-05-16 2021-07-09 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin layer using the same and electronic device
KR102302049B1 (en) * 2018-09-03 2021-09-13 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin layer and electronic device using the same
JP6797160B2 (en) * 2018-09-10 2020-12-09 昭和電工株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, organic EL element partition wall, and organic EL element
JP7338142B2 (en) * 2018-10-30 2023-09-05 住友ベークライト株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing electronic device
JP6689434B1 (en) * 2019-02-06 2020-04-28 昭和電工株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, organic EL element partition wall, and organic EL element
JPWO2021117586A1 (en) * 2019-12-11 2021-06-17
CN113004478A (en) * 2019-12-19 2021-06-22 彤程化学（中国）有限公司 Phenolic polymer and preparation method and application thereof
CN111704825A (en) * 2020-07-11 2020-09-25 张家港科思创感光新材料有限公司 Photosensitive solder resist ink composition containing novel curing agent and application thereof
TWI791249B (en) * 2021-07-27 2023-02-01 財團法人工業技術研究院 Impregnation liquid and activated carbon cloth and method of forming the same

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040219451A1 (en) * 2003-02-06 2004-11-04 Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials, L.L.C. Negative type photosensitive resin composition containing a phenol-biphenylene resin
WO2012036130A1 (en) * 2010-09-15 2012-03-22 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 Phenolic resin composition, and method for producing cured relief pattern and semiconductor

Family Cites Families (38)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE3323343A1 (en) 1983-06-29 1985-01-10 Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt LIGHT SENSITIVE MIXTURE AND COPY MATERIAL MADE THEREOF
JP3290316B2 (en) * 1994-11-18 2002-06-10 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive lithographic printing plate
JPH09160236A (en) * 1995-12-13 1997-06-20 Mitsui Toatsu Chem Inc Resin composition for photoresist
JP3636409B2 (en) * 1996-10-30 2005-04-06 日本化薬株式会社 Phenolic resins, epoxy resins, epoxy resin compositions and cured products thereof
US5928836A (en) * 1997-09-29 1999-07-27 Clariant Finance (Bvi) Limited Fractionated novolak resin copolymer and photoresist composition therefrom
US6103443A (en) * 1997-11-21 2000-08-15 Clariant Finance Lmited Photoresist composition containing a novel polymer
JP3915402B2 (en) * 2000-12-05 2007-05-16 Ｊｓｒ株式会社 Radiation sensitive resin composition for forming insulating film of organic EL display element, insulating film formed therefrom, and organic EL display element
TWI297104B (en) 2000-07-27 2008-05-21 Jsr Corp
JP4438080B2 (en) * 2000-09-29 2010-03-24 日本ゼオン株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition for forming insulating film and insulating film for organic electroluminescence device
TW594395B (en) 2000-09-29 2004-06-21 Nippon Zeon Co Photoresist composition for insulating film, insulating film for organic electroluminescent element, and process for producing the same
JP2003177525A (en) * 2001-12-13 2003-06-27 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP3812654B2 (en) 2002-01-23 2006-08-23 Ｊｓｒ株式会社 Positive photosensitive insulating resin composition and cured product thereof
WO2003062925A1 (en) 2002-01-23 2003-07-31 Jsr Corporation Positively photosensitive insulating resin composition and cured object obtained therefrom
JP2004168964A (en) * 2002-11-22 2004-06-17 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Novolac resin, method for producing the same and positive type photoresist composition
GB2424649A (en) 2003-11-21 2006-10-04 Sekisui Chemical Co Ltd Positive photoresist and method for producing structure
TWI415911B (en) 2005-07-13 2013-11-21 Ube Industries Biphenylene cross-linked phenol novolac resin and the use thereof
JP2007206562A (en) * 2006-02-03 2007-08-16 Sekisui Chem Co Ltd Positive photoresist and method for manufacturing structure
KR101348607B1 (en) 2006-02-14 2014-01-07 주식회사 동진쎄미켐 Photoresist composition, thin film patterning method using the same, and method of fabricating liquid crystal display using the same
JP5012003B2 (en) 2006-12-26 2012-08-29 宇部興産株式会社 Low melt viscosity phenol novolac resin, its production method and its use
JP5228328B2 (en) * 2007-02-01 2013-07-03 宇部興産株式会社 Low melt viscosity phenol novolac resin, process for producing the same, and cured epoxy resin using the same
JP2008231314A (en) * 2007-03-22 2008-10-02 Sumitomo Bakelite Co Ltd Novolac type phenolic resin
WO2008117619A1 (en) * 2007-03-26 2008-10-02 Jsr Corporation Photosensitive insulating resin composition
JP2008292677A (en) 2007-05-23 2008-12-04 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Reactive resin composition, color filter, and image display device
PT2221666E (en) * 2007-11-12 2013-10-31 Hitachi Chemical Co Ltd Positive-type photosensitive resin composition, method for production of resist pattern, and semiconductor device
JP4849362B2 (en) 2008-03-14 2012-01-11 ナガセケムテックス株式会社 Radiation sensitive resin composition
JP5279423B2 (en) * 2008-05-19 2013-09-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition, photosensitive film, photosensitive laminate, permanent pattern forming method, and printed circuit board
EP2328027B1 (en) * 2008-09-04 2018-01-17 Hitachi Chemical Company, Ltd. Positive-type photosensitive resin composition, method for producing resist pattern, and uses of said resist pattern
JP5393128B2 (en) * 2008-12-16 2014-01-22 東京応化工業株式会社 Positive resist composition and resist pattern forming method
JP5446319B2 (en) * 2009-02-27 2014-03-19 宇部興産株式会社 Cresol resin for photoresist, method for producing the same, and photoresist composition containing the resin
JP5620686B2 (en) 2010-02-08 2014-11-05 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device
CN102439520B (en) 2010-04-28 2014-08-27 旭化成电子材料株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition
CN103168061B (en) * 2010-10-19 2016-08-31 住友电木株式会社 Resin composition for encapsulating and electronic part apparatus
KR20130095815A (en) * 2010-12-27 2013-08-28 아사히 가세이 이-매터리얼즈 가부시키가이샤 Photosensitive phenol resin composition for alkaline development, cured relief pattern, method for producing semiconductor, and biphenyl-diyl-trihydroxybenzene resin
JP2012172122A (en) * 2011-02-24 2012-09-10 Air Water Inc Phenolic polymer, production method of the same and application of the same
JP2011221549A (en) * 2011-06-09 2011-11-04 Honeywell Internatl Inc Spin-on anti-reflection film for photo-lithography
JP5754731B2 (en) * 2011-08-25 2015-07-29 明和化成株式会社 Epoxy resin, method for producing epoxy resin, and use thereof
JP5861168B2 (en) * 2014-10-07 2016-02-16 豊丸産業株式会社 Game machine
JP6456880B2 (en) * 2016-07-11 2019-01-23 日立ジョンソンコントロールズ空調株式会社 Refrigerant switching unit

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040219451A1 (en) * 2003-02-06 2004-11-04 Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials, L.L.C. Negative type photosensitive resin composition containing a phenol-biphenylene resin
WO2012036130A1 (en) * 2010-09-15 2012-03-22 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 Phenolic resin composition, and method for producing cured relief pattern and semiconductor
US20130168829A1 (en) * 2010-09-15 2013-07-04 Asahi Kasei E-Materials Corporation Phenolic resin composition, and methods for manufacturing cured relief pattern and semiconductor

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11199776B2 (en) * 2016-07-27 2021-12-14 Toray Industries, Inc. Resin composition
US11860537B2 (en) * 2017-04-28 2024-01-02 Merck Patent Gmbh Positive type photosensitive siloxane composition and cured film formed by using the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20140349222A1 (en) 2014-11-27
JP6228460B2 (en) 2017-11-08
JPWO2013085004A1 (en) 2015-04-27
CN107329367A (en) 2017-11-07
KR101901046B1 (en) 2018-09-20
US9575410B2 (en) 2017-02-21
WO2013085004A1 (en) 2013-06-13
JP2017111455A (en) 2017-06-22
TW201329622A (en) 2013-07-16
KR20160133017A (en) 2016-11-21
TWI481955B (en) 2015-04-21
CN107329367B (en) 2021-03-23
JP6382362B2 (en) 2018-08-29
KR20140090644A (en) 2014-07-17
KR101769190B1 (en) 2017-08-17
CN103988127B (en) 2019-04-19
CN103988127A (en) 2014-08-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9575410B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing hardened relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device
US9029270B2 (en) Phenolic resin composition, and methods for manufacturing cured relief pattern and semiconductor
JP6000416B2 (en) Biphenyldiyltrihydroxybenzene resin, photosensitive resin composition and semiconductor device
JP6026097B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition for semiconductor element surface protective film or interlayer insulating film
JP5825860B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
JP6108869B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device
JP6116954B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing cured relief pattern
JP6294023B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device
JP5981737B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing cured relief pattern
JP6270372B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device
JP2017090486A (en) Photosensitive resin composition and method for manufacturing cured relief pattern
JP5879088B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing cured relief pattern
JP5981739B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing cured relief pattern
JP6503160B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition and method of forming cured relief pattern
JP6454769B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing cured relief pattern, semiconductor device and display device
JP2012252044A (en) Phenolic resin composition, and method for producing cured relief pattern and semiconductor device using the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION